Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

BVH 2335 GB

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 228

DISOMAT® Tersus

Operating Manual

BV-H2335 GB
PASS - Service you can rely on
Fast, comprehensive, anywhere in the world

Quality and reliability are the cornerstones of our company’s philosophy. That is why we consider a
comprehensive service concept simply par for the course, from strict quality control, installation and
commissioning through to seamless support across the entire product life cycle.
With over 30 service stations and over 180 service specialists, you can count on us to be there whenever –
and wherever – you need us. It doesn’t matter where you are, our specialists are there to advise and assist
with the best in worldwide, personal, comprehensive service.
During office hours, service specialists from all divisions are on hand to analyse problems and failures.
Look at w w w .s c h e n c k p r o c e s s . c o m for your nearest Schenck Process Location.
Customised to meet your requirements, our comprehensive Process Advanced Service System provides
you with the best service. Are you looking for individual, perfect-fit service solutions?
Then our, the modular service system PASS, is the ticket. It covers the entire service spectrum, from simple
inspections through to full service. Interested?
Then find out more about the individual components at w w w . s c h e n c k p r o c e s s . c o m / e n / s e r vi c e .

Free 24 h Emergency Service Hotline in Germany


Are you experiencing a failure or problem outside normal office hours? Our service staff are on call around
the clock to deal with failures, service planning and other emergencies.
℡ +49 171 2 25 11 95 Heavy and Light excluding Static Weighing Equipment
℡ +49 172 6 50 17 00 Transport Automation and Static Weighing Equipment

© by Schenck Process GmbH


Pallaswiesenstraße 100, 64293 Darmstadt, Germany
℡ +49 6151 1531-0
www.schenckprocess.com

All rights reserved. Any reproduction of this documentation, regardless of method, without prior permission
by Schenck Process GmbH in writing, even by excerpt, is prohibited.
Subject to change without prior notice.

Note: Translation of the original German Instruction


Contents

1 Preamble..................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 For Quick Orientation ........................................................................................... 1
1.2 How To Use Manual............................................................................................. 2
2 Safety Instructions ...................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Information for Users of Certified Scales ............................................................. 5
3 DISOMAT Overview.................................................................................................... 7
3.1 Characteristics...................................................................................................... 7
3.2 Control Elements.................................................................................................. 7
3.2.1 General Information....................................................................................... 7
3.2.2 Display ........................................................................................................... 8
3.2.3 Keyboard ..................................................................................................... 11
3.3 External Control Elements ................................................................................. 17
3.3.1 External Keyboard ....................................................................................... 17
3.3.2 Control using second DISOMAT ................................................................. 19
3.3.3 External Control Station VOP ...................................................................... 19
3.4 Control Concept ................................................................................................. 19
3.5 General Control .................................................................................................. 21
3.5.1 Menu Tree ................................................................................................... 21
3.5.1.1 Operating Principle ............................................................................... 21
3.5.1.2 Calling Function .................................................................................... 22
3.5.2 Data Input/Output ........................................................................................ 25
3.5.2.1 Operating Input/Output Dialogs ............................................................ 25
3.5.2.2 Editing Input Field ................................................................................. 27
3.5.2.3 Entering characters via the input block................................................. 28
3.5.3 Setting Contrast........................................................................................... 30
4 Normal Mode ............................................................................................................ 31
4.1 Functionality in Home Position........................................................................... 31
4.1.1 Zero Scale ................................................................................................... 31
4.1.2 Acquire Tare ................................................................................................ 32
4.1.3 Display Tare................................................................................................. 32
4.1.4 Clear Tare.................................................................................................... 32
4.1.5 Acknowledge Event ..................................................................................... 32
4.1.6 Self-Test ...................................................................................................... 33
4.1.7 Function Keys .............................................................................................. 33
4.1.8 Home Position Output ................................................................................. 34
4.2 Functionality in Menu Tree................................................................................. 36
4.2.1 Fct. 1:Enter setpoint .................................................................................... 37
4.2.2 Fct. 2:String input ........................................................................................ 37
4.2.3 Fct. 3:PRINT ................................................................................................ 38
4.2.4 Fct. 4:SETUP............................................................................................... 39
4.2.5 Fct. 5:SERVICE........................................................................................... 40
4.2.5.1 Fct. 51:Date/Time ................................................................................. 40
4.2.5.2 Fct. 52:Display version.......................................................................... 41
4.2.5.3 Fct. 53:Display mode ............................................................................ 42
4.2.5.4 Fct. 54:Search in legal-for-trade memory ............................................. 43
4.2.5.5 Fct. 55:Select home position ................................................................ 44
4.2.5.6 Fct. 57:Select scale............................................................................... 45
4.2.5.7 Fct. 58:FILES ........................................................................................ 45
4.2.5.8 Fct. 59:Set higher range ....................................................................... 45
4.2.6 Fct. 6:Display balance ................................................................................. 45
4.2.7 Fct. 7:Display gross ..................................................................................... 47
4.2.8 Fct. 8:Select fixed tare................................................................................. 47
4.2.9 Fct. 9:Manual tare........................................................................................ 48
5 Setting Mode............................................................................................................. 49
5.1 Safety Through Password Protection ................................................................ 49
5.1.1 Default Passwords....................................................................................... 50
5.1.2 Fct. 41:Password......................................................................................... 50
5.1.3 Password Quick Input.................................................................................. 51
5.1.4 Fct. 45:Change password............................................................................ 51
5.2 How to ... ............................................................................................................ 53

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group -I-
Contents

5.2.1 Commissioning DISOMAT minimal configuration ........................................53


5.2.2 Commissioning VOP as mirror.....................................................................57
5.2.2.1 Connection via serial interface ..............................................................57
5.2.2.2 Connection via Ethernet ........................................................................60
5.2.3 Commissioning DISOMAT with DISOBOX ..................................................63
5.3 Setting Using Parameter Password....................................................................66
5.3.1 Fct. 46:PRINT FORM ...................................................................................68
5.3.1.1 Fct. 461:Form texts................................................................................68
5.3.1.2 Fct. 462:Form formats ...........................................................................69
5.3.1.3 Fct. 463:Page header format.................................................................73
5.3.1.4 Fct. 464:String names ...........................................................................73
5.3.1.5 Fct. 465:EDP-format..............................................................................74
5.3.1.6 Fct. 466:L.f.T. format .............................................................................75
5.3.1.7 Fct. 467:Consecutive number................................................................76
5.3.1.8 Fct. 468:Load default form.....................................................................76
5.3.1.9 Fct. 469:Load default text ......................................................................78
5.3.2 Fct. 47:MATERIALS .....................................................................................79
5.3.2.1 Fct. 471:Max. Balance/Dumps ..............................................................79
5.3.2.2 Fct. 472:Clear balance ..........................................................................79
5.3.2.3 Fct. 473:Material data............................................................................80
5.3.3 Fct. 48:Fixed tare input ................................................................................81
5.3.4 Fct. 5b:DIAGNOSIS .....................................................................................81
5.3.5 Fct. 5d:Activate Disoplan interface...............................................................81
5.3.6 Fct. 5e:Option Management.........................................................................82
5.4 Setting Using Configuration Password ...............................................................83
5.4.1 Fct. 42:FUNCTION VARIANT ......................................................................85
5.4.1.1 Fct. 421:Parameter................................................................................85
5.4.1.2 Fct. 422:Maximum dW/dt.......................................................................86
5.4.1.3 Fct. 423:Load variant.............................................................................86
5.4.2 Fct. 43:PERIPHERALS ................................................................................87
5.4.2.1 Fct. 431:National language support ......................................................88
5.4.2.2 Fct. 432:Interfaces.................................................................................88
5.4.2.3 Fct. 433:COMMUNICATION .................................................................91
5.4.2.3.1 Fct. 4331:Edp..................................................................................91
5.4.2.3.2 Fct. 4332:DISONET ........................................................................93
5.4.2.3.2.1 Fct. 43321:Disonet mode .........................................................93
5.4.2.3.2.2 Fct. 43322:Slavelist ..................................................................94
5.4.2.3.2.3 Fct. 43323:Routing table ..........................................................95
5.4.2.3.3 Fct. 4333:Printer .............................................................................95
5.4.2.3.4 Fct. 4334:2nd display......................................................................97
5.4.2.3.5 Fct. 4335:Fieldbus ..........................................................................98
5.4.2.3.6 Fct. 4336:IO-EXTENSION ............................................................101
5.4.2.3.6.1 Fct. 43361:ICP-Module list .....................................................101
5.4.2.3.6.2 Fct. 43362:Address setup ......................................................101
5.4.2.3.6.3 Fct. 43363:ICP-Analog input filter ..........................................102
5.4.2.3.7 Fct. 4337:Card reader...................................................................102
5.4.2.4 Fct. 434:Event classes ........................................................................103
5.4.2.5 Fct. 435:Calibrate analog in-/output ....................................................104
5.4.2.6 Fct. 436:Terminal.................................................................................106
5.4.2.7 Fct. 437:IP Configuration.....................................................................108
5.4.2.8 Fct. 438:Bluetooth ...............................................................................108
5.4.2.9 Fct. 439:Output configuration ..............................................................109
5.5 Setting Using Calibration Password .................................................................110
5.5.1 Fct. 44:SCALE............................................................................................112
5.5.2 Fct. 446:Select scale ..................................................................................113
5.5.3 Fct. 441:Calibration parameters.................................................................114
5.5.3.1 Operating Sequence............................................................................114
5.5.3.2 Parameter 'Unit' ...................................................................................115
5.5.3.3 Parameter 'Maximum value [act. dim.]' ...............................................116
5.5.3.4 Parameter 'Digit [act. dim.]'..................................................................116

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- II - © Schenck Process Group
Contents

5.5.3.5 Parameter 'Setting difference'............................................................. 116


5.5.3.6 Parameter 'Zeroing range' .................................................................. 117
5.5.3.7 Parameter 'Overrange'........................................................................ 117
5.5.3.8 Parameter 'Mechanical factor'............................................................. 117
5.5.3.9 Parameter 'Adjustment Factor'............................................................ 119
5.5.3.10 Parameter 'Rated capacity' ............................................................... 119
5.5.3.11 Parameter 'Number of L/Cs'.............................................................. 119
5.5.3.12 Parameter 'L/C-C [mV/V]'.................................................................. 119
5.5.3.13 Parameter 'Deadweight'.................................................................... 120
5.5.3.14 Parameter 'L.f.T.'............................................................................... 120
5.5.3.15 Parameter 'Twin-unit active'.............................................................. 120
5.5.3.16 Parameter 'Scale identific.'................................................................ 120
5.5.3.17 Parameter 'Class'.............................................................................. 121
5.5.3.18 Parameter 'g-deviation [per thousand]' ............................................. 121
5.5.3.19 Parameter 'User def. min.load [act. dim.]'......................................... 121
5.5.4 Fct. 442:Special scales.............................................................................. 121
5.5.4.1 Parameter 'Type'................................................................................. 123
5.5.4.2 Parameter 'Small Range [act. dim.]' (maximum value)....................... 123
5.5.4.3 Parameter 'Digit [act. dim.]' (small range)........................................... 124
5.5.4.4 Parameter 'Medium Range [act. dim.]' (maximum value)................... 124
5.5.4.5 Parameter 'Digit [act. dim.]' (medium range) ...................................... 124
5.5.5 Fct. 444:Scale parameters ........................................................................ 125
5.5.5.1 Operating Sequence ........................................................................... 125
5.5.5.2 Parameter 'Switching filter'.................................................................. 125
5.5.5.3 Parameter 'Display filter' ..................................................................... 126
5.5.5.4 Parameter 'No-motion time' ................................................................ 126
5.5.5.5 Parameter 'Set to 0' ............................................................................ 127
5.5.5.6 Parameter 'Switch delay'..................................................................... 127
5.5.5.7 Parameter 'dW/dt filter [s]'................................................................... 128
5.5.6 Fct. 445:CALIBRATION............................................................................. 128
5.5.6.1 Essential Operating Steps .................................................................. 128
5.5.6.2 Fct. 4451:Deadweight ......................................................................... 128
5.5.6.3 Fct. 4453:Range ................................................................................. 129
5.5.6.4 Fct. 4454:Set current range ................................................................ 130
5.5.6.5 Fct. 4455:Corner adjustment .............................................................. 130
5.5.6.6 Computational Range Calibration....................................................... 130
5.5.6.7 Setting Range With Multi-Range Scale .............................................. 130
5.5.6.8 Fct. 4452:Linearization........................................................................ 131
5.5.6.9 Checking Calibration........................................................................... 132
5.5.7 Fct. 443:Configure l.f.t. memory ................................................................ 132
5.5.7.1 Parameter 'L.f.T. memory'................................................................... 133
5.5.7.2 Parameter 'Min. no. days' ................................................................... 133
5.5.8 Legal-For-Trade Identification, Sealing Locations and Type..................... 134
5.5.9 Fct. 447:DISOBOX .................................................................................... 135
5.5.9.1 Fct. 4471:Configuration....................................................................... 135
5.5.9.1.1 Parameter 'Count of DISOBOXES' .............................................. 135
5.5.9.2 Fct. 4472:Channel............................................................................... 136
5.5.9.2.1 Parameter 'Channel'..................................................................... 136
5.5.9.2.2 Parameter 'Function' .................................................................... 136
5.5.9.3 Fct. 4473:Switching filter..................................................................... 137
5.5.9.3.1 Parameter 'Switching filter' ........................................................... 137
5.5.9.4 Fct. 4474:Address setup ..................................................................... 137
5.5.9.4.1 Parameter 'Serial no.' ................................................................... 137
5.5.9.4.2 Parameter 'Net position' ............................................................... 137
5.5.10 Calibrating DISOBOX .............................................................................. 138
5.5.11 Stamping DISOBOX ................................................................................ 139
5.5.11.1 Combination DISOBOX + DISOVIEW E........................................... 140
5.5.11.2 Combination DISOBOX + DISOMAT Tersus.................................... 141
5.5.12 Fct. 448:Meas. input configuration .......................................................... 142
5.5.13 Fct. 449:Band rejection............................................................................ 142

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - III -
Contents

5.5.14 Fct. 424:Edit .............................................................................................143


5.6 Fct. 5c:Reset All(Restart)..................................................................................143
6 Function Variants.....................................................................................................145
6.1 Filling Scale.......................................................................................................145
6.1.1 General Functioning ...................................................................................145
6.1.2 Function Keys.............................................................................................147
6.1.3 Inputs and Outputs .....................................................................................148
6.1.4 Standard Operating Sequence...................................................................148
6.1.5 Operating Activities ....................................................................................150
6.1.6 Function Block Diagram .............................................................................151
6.1.7 Parametrisation ..........................................................................................153
6.2 Discharge Scale................................................................................................157
6.2.1 General Functioning ...................................................................................157
6.2.2 Function Keys.............................................................................................160
6.2.3 Inputs and Outputs .....................................................................................161
6.2.4 Standard Operating Sequence...................................................................161
6.2.5 Operating Activities ....................................................................................162
6.2.6 Function Block Diagram .............................................................................163
6.2.7 Parametrisation ..........................................................................................165
6.3 Crane Scale ......................................................................................................169
6.3.1 General Functioning ...................................................................................169
6.3.2 Function Keys.............................................................................................170
6.3.3 Inputs and Outputs .....................................................................................172
6.3.4 Standard Operating Sequence...................................................................173
6.3.5 Function Block Diagram .............................................................................174
6.3.6 Parametrisation ..........................................................................................176
6.4 Cargo Scale ......................................................................................................178
6.4.1 General Functioning ...................................................................................178
6.4.2 Function Keys.............................................................................................179
6.4.3 Inputs and Outputs .....................................................................................180
6.4.4 Standard Operating Sequence...................................................................181
6.4.5 Operating Activities ....................................................................................182
6.4.6 Function Block Diagram .............................................................................183
6.4.7 Parametrisation ..........................................................................................185
6.5 Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option) ...................................................................188
6.5.1 General Functioning ...................................................................................188
6.5.2 Commissioning...........................................................................................188
6.5.2.1 Licensing Road Weighbridge (ZEUS) .................................................188
6.5.2.2 Activating Road Weighbridge (ZEUS) .................................................188
6.5.2.3 Parameterizing Road Weighbridge (ZEUS) ........................................189
6.5.2.4 Configuring Road Weighbridge (ZEUS) ..............................................191
6.5.3 Function Keys.............................................................................................194
6.5.4 Inputs and Outputs .....................................................................................195
6.5.5 Standard Operating Sequence...................................................................196
6.5.5.1 First weighing / Second weighing ........................................................196
6.5.5.1.1 First weighing................................................................................196
6.5.5.1.2 Second weighing...........................................................................198
6.5.5.2 Single weighing....................................................................................199
6.5.5.3 Weighing Using Fixed Tare Weight .....................................................200
6.5.5.4 External weighing ................................................................................201
6.5.6 Further Functions .......................................................................................201
6.5.7 Hints, Possible Events................................................................................202
6.5.8 Clearing/Handling Error Messages ............................................................202
6.5.9 Print Pattern Codes ....................................................................................203
6.5.10 Signal Control...........................................................................................204
6.5.11 Function Block Diagram ...........................................................................206
7 Event Messages ......................................................................................................207
7.1 What If...?..........................................................................................................208
7.2 Event Message Construction............................................................................208
7.3 List of Event Messages.....................................................................................209

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- IV - © Schenck Process Group
Preamble For Quick Orientation

1 Preamble

1.1 For Quick Orientation


Validity Range
This manual applies to all DISOMAT® Tersus versions (hereafter called DISOMAT or
system) whose software identifications end with /1-12, or higher.
e.g.: VWW20450/1-12 (standard)
The term DISOBOX is used for simplification at points that describe DISOBOX® Plus
and its functionality.

How Do I Find My Way About Quickly?

• Read this Item.


• Read Item "How To Use Manual".
• Look up key word register (index) at end of manual.
• Look up table of contents.

How do I take a DISOMAT and/or an accessory equipment in operation…?


(Item 5.2 How to ...)

• Commissioning DISOMAT minimal configuration; see item 5.2.1


• Commissioning VOP as mirror via serial or Ethernet interface; see item 5.2.2
• Commissioning DISOMAT with DISOBOX(es); see item 5.2.3

How Do I Handle ... ?

• Filling Scale: Read Item 6.1


• Discharge Scale: Read Item 6.2
• Crane Scale: Read Item 6.3
• Cargo Scale: Read Item 6.4
• Road Weighbridge ZEUS: Read Item 6.5 (Option)

What Do I Do If A Fault Occurs?

• First read Chapter 7 and try to remedy fault.


If you wish to get in touch with Schenck Process GmbH, see list of contacts at
the back side of the cover sheet.

What If I Meet Terms I Don't Know?

• Consult list of keywords (index) at end of manual.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group -1-
Preamble How To Use Manual

1.2 How To Use Manual


The Operating Manual is designed to support you in getting to know and operating the
system.

The manual is completed by manuals

• Operating Instructions, scale-specific, multi-lingual (BVH2336 - BVH2343)


• Service Instructions Crane Scale (BVH2339AA)
• DISOMAT Tersus System Manual (BVH2334)
• DISOMAT Tersus Function Blocks (BVH2317)
• DISOMAT / DISOBOX - Data Communication Manual (BVH2359)
• Kundendiensthandbuch - Diagnosen am DISOMAT (BVH2280, German
only)
• Wireless Scales - Configuration with Bluetooth (BVH2314AA)
• Secondary & Large-size Displays (BVH2015)
• DISOBOX Plus - System Manual (BVH2441)
• DISOMAT Operator Panel VOP 28000 - Instruction Manual (BVH2396)
• DISOPLAN VPL 20430 - Instruction Manual (BVH2461)

For you to find your way about in the manual, quickly and at your ease - some tips:

How Do I Read The Manual?


The DISOMAT manual is no novel you should, let alone must, read from beginning to
end. Use manual as a reference work. Table of contents and list of keywords at end
will help you to quickly trace the information given in it.

Many suggestions relate to operating sequences. If possible, try out operating


sequences right away.

What Scale Do I Use ?


Clarify beforehand what scale configuration of system basic variant you wish to use.
Chapter 6 of the respective scale configuration includes all the information you need.

Whom Does This Manual Serve?


The present manual assumes that you are the daily user or a plant engineer/specialist.

Daily User
The daily user operates the system to solve weighing problems, e.g. fill weighings. He
needs no comprehensive system knowledge but should be familiar with the keyboard,
some error messages, and some items of the menu tree. At that, he should know the
parameter password which enables him to reset balance and consecutive number,
and change some parameters.

Plant Engineer/Specialist
The plant engineer/specialist commissions the system, remedies fault or works out a
solution to weighing control tasks with the aid of function blocks. To do so, he needs
comprehensive system knowledge, must be familiar with the configuration and
calibration passwords.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


-2- © Schenck Process Group
Safety Instructions How To Use Manual

2 Safety Instructions
To avoid personal injury and equipment damage, follow the safety regulations stated
below.
Additionally, you should observe:

• Safety hints given in order-specific documentation


• Safety hints relating to mechanical components
• Instructions given in sub-suppliers documentation.

When performing installation, commissioning and service work, observe all applicable
local regulations.

Use As Originally Intended


The measuring system and its connected mechanical components are exclusively
designed for weighing and controlling tasks. Any use other than originally intended is
considered inappropriate.

Risks
No danger originates from the measuring system itself, if it is properly installed and
commissioned.
However, upon use of the measuring system, danger may result during transit of
material to be weighed (e.g. from auxiliaries used to handle or feed material) or if
system assumes control tasks. Residual risks may originate from the measuring
system if unskilled operators improperly handle the system.
The measuring system can be part of a more complex plant. The user is fully
responsible for the overall plant safety.

Identification of Residual Risks

The presence of this symbol indicates that the machine or component


used has the potential to cause damage to the measuring system or other
plant sections.

The presence of this symbol indicates that the machine or component used
has the potential to cause severe injury or death.

Personnel
Preparation, installation, commissioning, operation, maintenance, and servicing may
exclusively be performed by skilled persons only.
All persons working on the measuring system are required to observe the safety hints
and know the parts of the technical documentation relevant to their work.
The supervisor is responsible for instructing his operators to observe all regulations
and instructions given.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group -3-
Safety Instructions How To Use Manual

Parameter Changes
The measuring system's functionality is determined by parameters, which must
exclusively be changed by persons familiar with the measuring system operating
principles (e.g. after training by Schenck Process). Parameters incorrectly set may
cause injuries or damage to the machine whenever a user control system is
connected. They can also adversely affect weighing operation.

Password
Software parameters are protected from unintended change by password. The
measuring system user has to ensure safe password handling.

Error Message Acknowledgement


Error messages may be acknowledged only after cause of fault has been remedied.
Before you acknowledge an error message, check to see that connected peripherals
properly operate. Check to see that connected control systems, if any, are in fail-safe
state.

Maintenance and Repair

• During maintenance and repair, observe any warning symbols on the scale.
• Before performing work on the mechanical system or peripherals (particularly
the control system), disconnect the measuring system and protect the system
from inadvertent restart.
• Before performing work on the electrical equipment, disconnect the power
supply.
• The devices may be operated only in the provided housings. There is danger
of contacting live parts.

Moisture Protection
Protect all system parts, electrical items in particular, from moisture (e.g. during
maintenance and servicing) when housings are open. Observe housing protection
standards.

Modification & Replacement


Unauthorized modifications to the system and/or use of replacement parts not
supplied by Schenck Process voids Schenck Process's liability for any resulting
damages. This particularly applies to modifications, which have the potential to affect
the operating safety of the measuring system.

Replacement of Components
Spare parts must meet the technical specifications indicated by Schenck Process. To
ensure this requirement is met, only genuine Schenck Process spare parts should be
used. When using other spare parts, the warranty will be void.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


-4- © Schenck Process Group
Safety Instructions Information for Users of Certified Scales

2.1 Information for Users of Certified Scales

Requirements of non-legal-for-trade additional equipment/DP systems


employed in commercial applications.

Legal provisions
Readings for commercial applications have to be obtained with calibrated measuring
instruments.
The transfer of measurement values to non-legal-for-trade additional equipment *) "DP
Systems" for the preparation of vouchers is permitted under the proviso that

- the scale or a verified (certified) piece of additional equipment records and stores the
measurement values in unchanged and undeletable fashion,

- and that the readings are accessible to both parties affected by the measurement.

The operator of the scale equipment is responsible for complying with


the statutory requirements.

*) According to the Weights and Measures regulations, additional equipment and


measurement systems are treated alike. Verification Act and Weights and
Measures regulation consider this predicament and pose demands on the DP
systems and programs used in commercial applications.

Requirements made of data processing connections/query for recording


readings and creating vouchers:

1) Call for legal-for-trade measurement values (ensure legal-for-trade data


saving):

- The legal-for-trade reading has to be queried as per the instructions in the manuals
BV-H2335 (see 'Fct. 465:EDP Format') and BV-H2359 (see 'EDP Commands').

- When changing the prompting mode from DP to scale, always check to see if data
is correctly saved.

- Readings for a commercial voucher may not be further processed without prior
legal-for-trade data storage (for instance, with a fault message). If this is not
respected, this would be a violation of calibration regulations which would be
tantamount to a regulatory offense.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group -5-
Safety Instructions Information for Users of Certified Scales

2) Identification of measurement values:


- For traceability, the verified measurement values - from legal-for-trade data
memory to voucher - must be complete assigned to relevant identifications
(attributes), e.g.

• Date
• Time
• Cons. No.

- The voucher must include the following comments:


"Measurement values from freely programmable additional equipment. Legal-
for-trade memory values can be viewed."

3) Period of legal-for-trade data saving:


- The storage period for legal-for-trade measurement values is minimum 3 months.
When storing new measurement values ever after, the oldest measurement value
is overwritten. Storage periods > 3 months can be set.

4) Obligation of verification registration via Schenck Process field bus


interface:
- Reading and saving of the serial number (0x7010, ULONG)
- Cyclic reading of the scale status of the active scale (0x3000), until standstill bit
(0x0080) is set.
- Registration triggering by writing the value 80 (decimal) on the command word
0x1000.
- Wait 500 ms, then reset the command by writing the value 0 on the command word
0x1000.
- Cyclic reading of the serial number (0x7010, ULONG), until it has changed
compared to the value read under 1). If no change occurs within 20 second, then
the process must be repeated starting with 2).
- Reading of the result of the registration, e.g. registered net (0x4044, IEEE),
registration date (0x7008, ULONG) and registration time (0x700C, ULONG). The
registration dates 'date', 'time', (changed) 'serial number' must be saved and they
are used to find the registration process later in the (optional) calibration memory.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


-6- © Schenck Process Group
DISOMAT Overview Characteristics

3 DISOMAT Overview

3.1 Characteristics
DISOMAT is a weighing terminal designed for automatic weight acquisition, control
functions and data processing. This compact system combines all essential functions
of a weighing terminal.

As a rule, the system is supplied legal-for-trade.


In certified applications, the Weights & Measures regulations have to be
observed.

The DISOMAT basic variant comprises multiple function variants (scales) of different
functionality:

• Filling Scale with fill control for filling into a hopper


• Discharge Scale with fill control for removal from a hopper
• Crane Scale
• Cargo Scale

For detailed information of all function variants, please refer to chapter 6.


In addition, you can use the basic variant to solve individual weighing tasks with the
aid of function blocks. For details, please refer to the manual 'Function Blocks'
(BVH2317).

3.2 Control Elements

3.2.1 General Information


The figure below shows the system's front view.

You can see two areas, the Display and the Keyboard.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group -7-
DISOMAT Overview Control Elements

The display supplies, e.g.

• Weight values
• Scale status information (display symbols)
• Event messages
• Dialogs

The keyboard covers, e.g.

• Alphanumeric keys
• Function keys
• Direction keys
• Weighing function keys

3.2.2 Display
The display consists of a graphical LC display (320 x 240 dots).

After start-up, system is always in operating state (*) Weight Display; NET weight is
displayed (or GROSS weight if scale is not tared).
(*) Two operating states can be distinguished: 'Weight Display (Home Position)' and 'Menu Tree'.

A legal-for-trade scale has to be operated in the weight display (=Net).

Display is organised into sections; the following areas are visible (top down):

• 'Message field' (first line)

• 'Weight field'

--------- Dividing line --------------

• 'Dialog field'

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


-8- © Schenck Process Group
DISOMAT Overview Control Elements

Message Field
The message field displays scale information or event messages.

Sample scale information:

Resolution Minimum Load Maximum Load


Single-range scale
1)
Dual-range scale *)
1) Triple-range scale *)
2)
Multi-divisional scale*)

With multi-range/multi-divisional scales, information on active range is highlighted


*)
(range code).

1) Multi-range scale: Min = 20 * e-value

2) Multi-divisional scale: If it exceeds partial range 1, the minimum load (Min) equals
the maximum load of partial range 1.

Sample event messages:

Event messages (alternating with scale information)


A0209:Powerfail
A1111-1:Cable broken
See BV-H2335: Chapter 'Event Messages'.

Never acknowledge event message before the cause of fault has


been remedied.

Weight Field
The weight field shows the scale code and any possible weight representations
including status information. The size of the display depends on the configuration.
a.) Scale identific.
The input (e.g. facility site code) is max. 7-digit, e.g. Scale 1. Configuration by
calibration password using function '441:Calibration parameters' -> [OK] button ->
Parameter 'Scale identific.'.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group -9-
DISOMAT Overview Control Elements

b.) Weight Display


The measured weight is displayed complete with unit, e.g. 357.4 kg. For details,
additional symbols or texts can be output:

Display Meaning
357,4 'Weight Value'
The weight display shows the weight acquired by the scale.
- 5,4 Negative sign, e.g. with scale relieved if tare has been acquired.
'Unit Sign'
kg Unit of weight value, e.g.
ton(t), kilogram(kg), gram(g), pound lbs.(lb), newton (N), kilonewton (kN)
'Stored Tare Value '
T
A tare value > 0 has been stored.
'Preset Tare Value'1
PT Weight value stored in tare memory has not been acquired by scale but in
manual or via EDP.
'NET Display '
Net Weight display shows weight of load on scale minus the value stored in tare
memory.
'GROSS Display'
G
Weight display shows weight of load on scale.
'No-Motion'
Load on scale is stable within certain limits (scale in no-motion).
'Zero Set'
0 Scale is totally relieved.
(Exact zero; GROSS value accurate to ±¼ d)
'Invalid'
xxxxxxx
Weight currently invalid
'Scale in Zero Setting Range'
Displayed weight value is in the space of the configured range; see
parameter 'Zeroing range'.
Function 'Set to 0' is possible; no event message is displayed.
'Overrange' 2 (if 'L.f.T.' parameter = Yes).
Internal weight acquisition continues, all switching functions, e.g. overload
checks, are active now as before.
oooooo
When the 'L.f.T.' parameter is set = No, the scale also shows weights even
above the maximum readings until it exceeds the rated range. Afterwards, it
shows 'invalid'.
'Overrange' 2 (if 'L.f.T.' parameter = No).
2 A device with two measuring circuits shows the currently active scale:
e.g. Scale 2
1
to EN 45501
2
A twin-unit scale indicates overrange if at least one weighbridge involved is in the
overrange.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 10 - © Schenck Process Group
DISOMAT Overview Control Elements

Dialog Field
Below the separator line, there is the dialog field designed for display of a

• configurable home screen output (e.g. date/time, contact position, setpoint);


see BV-H2335, chapter 'Home Position Output' and 'Fct. 55:Select home
position'.
• operator guidance or prompt for operator inputs
• multi-line dialog in menu tree.

Note: Depending on type of system control, there are two operating modes:

• 'Home Position' mode (Weight Display)


• 'Menu Tree' mode.

The display informs about current operating mode:

In Menu Tree mode, system communicates in the dialog mode. In the beginning of the
first line, the number of the selected menu item is displayed, e.g. "42:SETUP". All
other displays refer to Home Position mode.

3.2.3 Keyboard
In the DISOMAT keyboard, there are four blocks of keys, i.e. 'input block', 'function
keys block', 'control block' and 'operating block' (from left to right):

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 11 -
DISOMAT Overview Control Elements

• The input block keys serve i.a. for input of figures, letters (capital and lower-
case) and signs.

• The function keys block serves 12 free configurable function keys

• The control block keys are used for data input, navigation in menu tree and
as function keys.

• The operating block keys are used to operate the scale.

The tables below reflect all possible keys, or key combinations. It may be that a
certain key or key combination is defined only in the one or other operating state.

Input Block Key Functions


Key(s) Function
[ABORT]:
Home Position: n/a
Menu Tree: a) No function started: n/a
b) Function started: 'ABORT'. Abort any function;
inputs, if any, get lost. In case of functions with
multi-line input, press keys various times;
acknowledge storage prompt, if any.
Key operation does not bring you back to
home position.

[SHIFT]: -> This key can be found twice.


Use of this key is indicated in this documentation by the
symbol : [SHIFT] + ['Key'].

Character input: The character set that can be keyed is distributed


over 2 levels. Please keep the [SHIFT] button pressed to key in
characters of the second level. Also refer to the manual BV-H2335,
section on 'Entering Characters via the Input Block'.

Calling up functions: All function keys and some buttons of the


control block are assigned a second function. Please also keep the
[SHIFT] button pressed before pressing the desired button.

[<Alphanumerical characters>]:
If the operator requests inputs (such as strings), numbers(0...9),
upper-case letters (A...Z), lower-case letters (a...z) and special
characters(such as commas or space) can be keyed in with these
buttons also using the [SHIFT] button.

Input procedure: See chapter 'Entering characters via the input block'.
[SHIFT] + [ABORT]: (Anytime possible)
Function 'Contrast +'
Increase display contrast
[SHIFT] + [MINUS]: (Anytime possible)
Function 'Contrast -'
Decrease display contrast
...

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 12 - © Schenck Process Group
DISOMAT Overview Control Elements

Function Keys Block Key Functions


Key(s) Function
F7 [F1] to [F6]:
In combination with the [SHIFT] key, 12 freely assignable function
keys are available. Their functionality varies as a function of activated
F12 function variant.
(See 'Help' function by pressing [SHIFT]+[OK])

Control Block Key Functions


Key(s) Function
[TEST]:
Home Position: Call up test routine; see Item 'Self-Test'
Menu Tree: a) No function started: n/a
b) Function started: n/a

[SHIFT] + [TEST]: (Anytime possible)


Home Position: Function 'Display Tare'
Menu Tree: a) No function started: do.
b) Function started: do.

[ACK]:
Home Position: Acknowledge event messages; see Item
'Acknowledge Event'
Menu Tree: a) No function started: n/a
b) Function started: n/a

[SHIFT] + [ACK]:
Home Position: Function 'Menu Tree Quick Selection';
Start function by direct jump to menu tree
position (Indirect function call) (see BV-H2335,
Item.'Calling Function').

Menu Tree: a) No function started: n/a


b) Function started: n/a

[UP arrow]:
Home Position: n/a
Menu Tree: a) No function started: Move one level up
(exit sub-menu). Return to Home Position
from topmost level.
b) Function started: Scroll to the left in scroll
field. Shift cursor one position to the left in
input field.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 13 -
DISOMAT Overview Control Elements

Control Block Key Functions


Key(s) Function
[SHIFT] + [UP arrow]:
Home Position: n/a
Menu Tree: a) No function started: Return to Home
Position (Weight Display) from any point in
menu tree.
b) Function started: Deletes the character left
of cursor in an input field; any text right of
cursor is shifted to the left ('BackSpace').

[DOWN arrow]:
Home Position: Call Menu Tree
Menu Tree: a) No function started: Move one level down
(call sub-menu).
b) Function started: Scroll to the right in scroll
field. Shift cursor one position to the right in
input field.

[SHIFT] + [DOWN arrow]:


Home Position: n/a
Menu Tree: a) No function started: n/a
b) Function started: Insert a blank in cursor
position in an input field; any text right of
cursor is shifted to the right ('Insert').
Characters moved over the field end are lost.
Normally you are in Overwrite
mode; the PC typical Insert mode is
not provided for.

[LEFT arrow]:
Home Position: n/a
Menu Tree: a) No function started: Move to the left on
menu tree level.
b) Function started: Scroll to the left in scroll
field. Shift cursor one position to the left in
input field.

[SHIFT] + [LEFT arrow]:


Home Position: n/a
Menu Tree: a) No function started: n/a
b) Function started: Sets cursor to start of
input field; with longer input fields, blockwise
(20 digits) to the left.

[RIGHT arrow]:
Home Position: n/a
Menu Tree: a) No function started: Move to the right on
menu tree level.
b) Function started: Scroll to the right in
scroll field. Shift cursor one position to the
right in input field.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 14 - © Schenck Process Group
DISOMAT Overview Control Elements

Control Block Key Functions


Key(s) Function
[SHIFT] + [RIGHT arrow]:
Home Position: n/a
Menu Tree: a) No function started: n/a
b) Function started: Sets cursor to end of
input field; with longer input fields, blockwise
(20 digits) to the right.

[ENTER]:
Home Position: n/a
Menu Tree: a) No function started: Call up function
selected in menu tree.
b) Function started:
- Acquire input field inputs.
- Go to next input or scroll field if multiple
inputs are required.
- Go to next output field if function readies
various outputs.

[SHIFT] + [ENTER]:
Home Position: Direct call of Function '55:Select Home
Position'; see BV-H2335, Item 'Home
Position Output'
Menu Tree: a) No function started: Dialog 'Password
Quick Input' (see BV-H2335, Item.'Password Quick
Input').

b) Function started:
- Acquire input field inputs.
- Go to previous input or scroll field if
multiple inputs are required.
- Go to previous output field if function
readies various outputs.
F?
[OK]:
Home Position: n/a
Menu Tree: a) No function started: n/a
b) Function started: Close data input and
acquire if function calls for multiple inputs one
after the other.
F?
[SHIFT] + [OK]:
Home Position: Function 'Help'
Display current function key assignment in
dialog area (covers home screen output, if
any, for some seconds).
With a input field: Output of information on
expected input (text/numbers, value range,
...).
Menu Tree: a) No function started: n/a
b) Function started: n/a

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 15 -
DISOMAT Overview Control Elements

Operating Block Key Functions


Key Function
[ZERO SCALE]:
If scale is relieved, pressing of this key corrects zero point deviations (e.g. due
to grime on scale).
Weight value display reads 0.0. In addition, the 0 symbol appears on
screen.
Zero setting is possible only if

• GROSS weight of load on scale is within zeroing range,

• scale is not tared,

• scale is in no-motion
( on display).

[ACQUIRE TARE]:
After key operation, current GROSS weight of load on scale is stored in tare
memory.
Attention: Existing GROSS value is overwritten.
Display reads 0.0 provided that display type NET has been selected. With any
other display type, you will know taring by the 'T' symbol.

[CLEAR TARE]:
Tare is reset to 0, i.e. stored tare value is deleted. As a consequence, NET =
GROSS; display shows weight of load on scale. The 'T' or 'pT' symbols on
display effaces.

The functionality of single keys or key combinations is detailed at relevant


items of manual BV-H2335.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 16 - © Schenck Process Group
DISOMAT Overview External Control Elements

3.3 External Control Elements

3.3.1 External Keyboard


The optional external big keyboard comprises all functions described above. Keys are
lettered with the use of the same symbols.

Exception: Start the Abort function by using the top left [Esc] key.

Keyboard assignment: DISOMAT Tersus <--> External Keyboard

To get the function of the DISOMAT Tersus press this button = Key of common
on ext. keyboard PC Keyboard
with this symbol:
Abort -
ESC
Shift N/A

Enter alphanumeric and N/A %


special characters
e.g. 5
Increase Contrast N/A
F11
+
Decrease Contrast N/A
F12
+
Terminate data input F?

+
OK
Num. Block
Display function keys F?

assignment F? Ende

Control Block
Start data input

Enter

Num.Block
or Enter Key
of A/N-Key Block
Cursor to the left; N/A
Select values from list.

Control Block

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 17 -
DISOMAT Overview External Control Elements

To get the function of the DISOMAT Tersus press this button = Key of common
on ext. keyboard PC Keyboard
with this symbol:
Cursor to the right; N/A
Select values from list.

Control Block
Delete character
Entf

Control Block
Insert blank
Einfg

Control Block
Zero scale Num

Num. Block
Acquire tare Bild

Control Block
Clear tare
Pos1

Control Block
Display tare
X

Num. Block
Display gross weight N/A
÷
Num.Block
Start TEST Routine
-
Num. Block
Acknowledge event Bild
message

Control Block

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 18 - © Schenck Process Group
DISOMAT Overview Control Concept

To get the function of the DISOMAT Tersus press this button = Key of common
on ext. keyboard PC Keyboard
with this symbol:
F7
F1

to N/A to

F12

F6
*)
F7

F7

to N/A to

F12

F12

*) The assignment of function keys F1 to F12 depends on the selected function


variant.

3.3.2 Control using second DISOMAT


A second DISOMAT unit can be used as separate control unit. On the second unit
(mirror), display and control are identical with those of the main unit (Master).

3.3.3 External Control Station VOP


The external operator panel VOP can also be used as control panel for DISOMAT.
See DISOMAT Operator Panel VOP 28000 - Instruction Manual (BVH2396).

3.4 Control Concept


As already mentioned, there are two operating states: 'Home Position' and 'Menu
Tree'.

'Home Position' is the operating state which holds available the system functions that
can be executed via key or key combination and are primarily used in daily operation.

The 'Menu Tree' permits access to a high number of functions that cannot be
executed by key operation and are available only after selection from a menu system.
A part of these functions also concerns daily operation, the dominant part, however, is
used for system setting and can be accessed only with the use of a password
hierarchy.

As you can see, functions of both operating states are used in daily operation with no
need for password input. System setting is exclusively done in 'Menu Tree' operating
state and requires password input in every case.

The dependance on password input leads from the distinction of operating states to
the distinction of operating modes and thus to a clearer system description.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 19 -
DISOMAT Overview Control Concept

'Normal Mode' (see Chapter 4) comprises the functionality used in daily operation
without password input.
The daily user uses

• Home position functions


• Menu tree functions

'Setting Mode' (see Chapter 5) comprises the functionality required for system setting
and protected by a graded password system. Depending on system type, a special
password must be entered. There are the following classes of password:

• Parametrization
• Configuration
• Calibration

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 20 - © Schenck Process Group
DISOMAT Overview General Control

3.5 General Control


While the operation in 'Home Position' is reduced to comparatively few keys, the use
of the versatile functions in the 'Menu Tree' operating state requires detailed system
knowledge.

Despite its complex functionality, the system is relatively easy to handle thanks to the
small number of elementary operating sequences. As you will come across these
sequences, again and again, we explain them in detail in this chapter. In the chapters
to follow, the actual functionality is presented in the form of 'catalog' items.

The display's message and weight fields are reserved for output of system information
while the dialog field serves both for input and output. Except of the 'Home Screen
Output' possibility (see relevant item), the dialog field exclusively serves for manual
operation of system functions in the dialog mode.

3.5.1 Menu Tree


3.5.1.1 Operating Principle

To be able to manually operate the versatile DISOMAT functions, an easy-to-handle


access method is used. All functions are comprised in a hierarchical system (similar to
the Windows menu). Their representation in form of a tree structure (that where the
name 'Menu Tree' stems from) shows how the functions are comprised and can be
accessed (see schematic below).

Every square corresponds to a menu item (=function). Depending on the extent of


downstream functionality, a menu tree can branch to further sub-menues (up to 4
levels).

As you can see, the menu system is called up from home position, and exit brings you
back there. To do so, or to navigate in menu tree, simply move UP or DOWN, or to the
LEFT and to the RIGHT. This is reflected by the double arrows connecting all menu
items; on the same level with horizontal, between levels with vertical arrows.

This form of menu tree representation has been selected intentionally. To be able to
execute one of the many functions, you must be able to select them. This is done in
the dialog field. If you keep the following image in mind, you can see that you have to
move in menu tree only until the desired function appears on display. The two lines of
DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB
© Schenck Process Group - 21 -
DISOMAT Overview General Control

the dialog field are a sort of window, for you to view the menu tree passing by
(comparable to the principle of a microfilm reader).

For you to know in which direction you have to move, every menu item is assigned an
unambiguous number (coordinates) reflecting their position in menu tree. You will
know level 1 menu items (main items) by a 1-digit number, level 2 menu items by a 2-
digit number, and so forth.

For you to recognize whether the menu item hides a single function of a menu with
further function, menu tree texts differ by capital and lower case letters, e.g.

• 'Password' is a function
• 'FUNCTION VARIANT' is a menu.

Once you have selected a function for display in the dialog field, you must still start it.

3.5.1.2 Calling Function

(a) Indirect Method:

Follow these steps:

1. Change from 'Home Position' operating state to 'Menu Tree'.


2. Display desired function (if need be, enter password).
3. Start function.
4. Operate function dialog.
5. Exit function or abort.
6. If need be, execute further functions.
7. Return to 'Home Position' operating state.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 22 - © Schenck Process Group
DISOMAT Overview General Control

Ad 1., 2. and 7.
Call/exit menu tree and select function using the DIRECTION KEYS:

[DOWN arrow] key:


In home position: Call menu tree
Im menu tree: Move one level down (call sub-menu)
[UP arrow] key:
Exit menu tree (from level 1)
Im menu tree: Move one level up (exit sub-menu)
[Left arrow] key:
Move to the left to next same-level menu item *)

[Right arrow] key:


Move to the left to next same-level menu item *)

*) The menu items of a level are arranged in 'ring-shaped' fashion, e.g. all you have to
do is operate these keys as many times as required for desired menu item to appear
on display.

Once you have selected function, number and name of the relevant menu is output
in the upper dialog line. The lower dialog line displays the name of the function.

8:MENU TREE
Select fixed tare

Ad 3.
Start selected function:
[ENTER] key:
Start function

Once you have started function, number and name of its menu appear in the upper
dialog line.
In the lower dialog line, a note is displayed on the left (e.g. 'Fixed Tare') right next to
the input/output field. (Enter e.g. Fixed1).

8:Select fixed tare


Fixed tare Fix 1

Wherever a menu tree function is described in the following chapters of


manual, it is assumed that the function has been started as described above.

Ad 4.
For sequences and special features of dialog control and data input, see item to
follow.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 23 -
DISOMAT Overview General Control

Ad 5. and 6.
Exit function using the following keys:

F? [OK] key:
With output function: Exit function.
With input function: Exit function and acquire inputs.

[ABORT] key:
With output function: Abort function.
With input function: Abort function and reject inputs.

Upon exit of function, DISOMAT returns to its state before call, i.e. you are still in
menu tree, can restart selected function or select a new one.

Ad 7.
To return to 'Home Position' operating state, press key [UP arrow] as many times as
required, or go to home position direct by using key combination [SHIFT]+[UP arrow].
Entered password, if any, is no longer valid.

(b) Direct Method

DISOMAT knows a second method to call up a function ('Menu Tree Quick Selection').
It also operates on the menu tree principle but differs from the indirect method by
sequence.

The 'Menu Tree Quick Selection' can be used only from home position.

As already stated above, every menu item has a number resulting from its position in
menu tree. The 'Form Format' function, for instance, has number 461 (4th position on
level 1, 6th position on level 2, 1st position on level 3).

Instead of selecting the function in menu tree with the use of the DIRECTION KEYS
and starting it with [ENTER], you can select and automatically start function using
the quick selection method.

Stepping is possible only to those places where a function can be executed directly.
Stepping to a menu item used to call a further menu (e.g. '3:PRINT') is not possible.

Call function directly using the key combination


[SHIFT] + [ACK]:
'Menu Tree Quick Selection'

Dialog field shows the input field:

Menu path 461

Enter number of desired function (e.g. 461) and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.
Function starts directly.

If the privileges are not sufficient to execute the selected function, system
prompts for password input.

Tip: Should function selection fail in spite of accepted password, password is


unsuitable for this function.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 24 - © Schenck Process Group
DISOMAT Overview General Control

Upon exit of function ([OK] or [ABORT] key) system returns to home position direct.
Password input, if any, is no longer valid.

3.5.2 Data Input/Output


In addition to basic weighing functions and functions with direct effect (e.g.
'35:PrintRepeat'), system operation is realized using inputs and outputs in the dialog
field.

• In 'Home Position' operating state, you can select the system information to
be displayed using the 'Home Screen Output' function (see Item 4.1.8).
• In 'Menu Tree' operating state, you use the functions responsible for data
output (e.g. '7:Display Gross) or prompting for data input (e.g. '9:Manual Tare
Input).

After start of a system function, operation continues in the dialog mode. These simple,
recurring sequences are explained hereafter. For this kind of interaction, use the input
and control block keys.

3.5.2.1 Operating Input/Output Dialogs


For you to easily recognize the kind of reaction required for system operation, dialogs
follow certain conventions.

Outputs

These are functions displaying current parameter values.

If the contents (e.g. '353,0kg') is displayed after the note (e.g. 'Balance') in the lower
dialog line, the function is an output function.

6:Display balance
Balance 353,0kg
Dumps 10

There are various types of output:

• With single-part outputs, only one value is output:


o Value is permanently displayed; exit function with [OK] key.
o Value is displayed for some seconds; function terminates
automatically
(e.g. '7:Display gross')

• With multi-part outputs, multiple values are output one after the other.
o Values are permanently displayed; go to next value with [ENTER] key;
exit function with [OK] key
(e.g. '6:Display balance')
o Value is displayed for some seconds; function terminates
automatically
(e.g. '52:Display version')

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 25 -
DISOMAT Overview General Control

Inputs

These are functions used to enter data in the dialog mode.

If the input field in lower dialog line after the note is underscored, the function is an
input function.

There are two types of input:

• Input using scroll field (input by selection). Select from list of eligible values
using the [Left Arrow] and [Right Arrow] keys.

8:Select fixed tare


Fixed tare Fix1

• Input by editing (key-in input). You will know current input position by
flashing block cursor.

9:Manual tare
Tare 0,00kg

NOTE: For editing input field, see end of item.

There are two types of input functions:

• With single-part input functions, only one input field appears.


Acknowledge inputs with [ENTER] or [OK] keys and exit function
(e.g. 9:Manual tare).

• With multi-part input functions, multiple input fields appear one after the
other.
Acknowledge inputs with [ENTER] key; next input field appears
([SHIFT]+[ENTER] goes back to the previous input field).
After last input field, program returns to the first.
Exit function with [OK] key (e.g. '1:Enter setpoint').
NOTE: With a multi-part input, both inputs types can be used one after the
other as many times as required.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 26 - © Schenck Process Group
DISOMAT Overview General Control

3.5.2.2 Editing Input Field


a) Moving Block Cursor

Key Key Action Display in dialog field


After start of input function, cursor normally
stands on first input position, e.g.

[Right Arrow]:
Shift block cursor one digit to the right.
Cursor stops on last position.
[Left Arrow]:
Shift block cursor one digit to the left.
Cursor stops on first position.
[SHIFT] + [Right Arrow]: *)
Shift block cursor to field end.

[SHIFT] + [Left Arrow]: *)


Shift block cursor to field start.

*) Use these key combinations to step 20 digits to the right or left from current cursor
position. With fields of up to 20 digits, this corresponds to a step to field start or field
end.

b) Entering Characters

DISOMAT is always in Overwrite mode. The PC typical Insert mode is not


available.
Set cursor to input position.
If characters have already been entered, overwrite. You can also enter blanks to
delete digits.
After input of a character, cursor shifts one digit to the right and stops in last position.
When entering numbers, enter digit in the first column, and input field is deleted. This
eases input of new values.
To change numeric values, shift cursor to faulty digit. Inputs from second column
onward will act in overwrite mode.

c) Inserting Characters

Follow these steps (example):


Key Key Existing customer name: 'Meier', Display in dialog field
change to 'Meiser'
Set cursor to input position (here 'e')

Use key combination


[SHIFT] + [DOWN arrow]
to insert blank; any text right of cursor
is shifted to the right.
Overwrite blank with the character you
wish to insert (here the 's').

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 27 -
DISOMAT Overview General Control

(d) Deleting Character

Follow these steps (example):


Key Key Existing customer name: 'Meiser', Display in dialog field
change to 'Meser'
Position cursor right of character you
wish to delete (here the 'i').

Delete character left of cursor using


key combination [SHIFT] + [UP
Arrow]. Any text right of cursor is
shifted to the left.

3.5.2.3 Entering characters via the input block


The character set that can be keyed in is distributed on 2 levels:

• 1. Level: This includes all characters shown on the buttons.

• 2. Level: Some buttons supply other characters beyond those shown (such as
'Ä' with [1] button ) *).

*)
The additional assignment depends on the selected dialog language.

Characters are entered in what is known as the ' scroll mode ' *). ALL possible
characters can be keyed in with this. They include

• the characters shown in white on the buttons

0 to 9 Numbers

_ Spaces

- Minus

, Comma

These characters can also be directly keyed in by (briefly) pressing


each button.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 28 - © Schenck Process Group
DISOMAT Overview General Control

• the characters shown in yellow on the buttons

A to Z Upper-casel letters

! Exclamation mark

: Double point

| Vertical Line

. Point

$ Dollar sign

" Double quotation mark

+ Plus sign

/ Oblique

- Minus

• the characters not shown that can be reached with the [SHIFT] button such as

a to z Lower-case letters

Miscellaneous characters

You turn on the 'scroll mode' by keeping a button pressed for a longer period
of time. All of the characters available through this button are slowly overlaid
on the same cursor position one after the other ('scrolled'). Release the key
when the character you want appears. This enters the character and the
cursor jumps one position to the right.

Entering Numbers

Numeric values are checked for plausibility. If a value is rejected, error message is
output:

e.g Value > MAX (10)

Value < MIN (1)

The bracketed values represent the largest and smallest possible values.
An error message of this kind will disappear by itself after a few seconds, but it can
also be acknowledged immediately using the [ENTER] key. The previous value will
then be displayed and you can enter another value.

Entering Texts

Enter texts in form of strings. Normally, these are not checked for plausibility. So be
sure to enter useful values.

As already stated above, numbers may be entered in text form. This text can
be checked provided that the input uses a defined pattern, e.g. with function
'51:Date/Time' (see relevant item).

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 29 -
DISOMAT Overview General Control

3.5.3 Setting Contrast


If required, display contract can be matched to ambient brightness. Independent on
operating mode, this setting and thus this key combination can be used at any time:

Increase display contrast


+

Decrease display contrast


+

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 30 - © Schenck Process Group
Normal Mode Functionality in Home Position

4 Normal Mode
Operating mode 'Normal Mode' can be called without password input. This mode
comprises:

Home Position Functions

These functions are designed for use in daily operation with no need for detailed
system knowledge. The daily user will primarily use the keys of the operating block.

• He will use weighing function keys, e.g. 'Zero Scale', 'Acquire Tare', 'Clear
Tare' to perform basic weighing functions.
Using function keys and residual keys, he can perform functions like 'Print
Weigh Slip', 'Acknowledge Event', etc.
• He can call up information on weighing mode in the dialog field in many ways.
• To check the system as such, he can start the integrated self-testing function.
• He can adjust display contrast to ambient brightness.

Menu Tree Functions

The skilled user will use further functions in daily operation which can be accessed
via the first and second menu tree level. Some of these functions can be called up by
function key operation.

Examples:

Enter: - Setpoint
- String
- Manual Tare

Select: - Fixed Tare

Display: - Gross
- Balance
- Software version

Start: - Print functions

Set: - Date
- Time

4.1 Functionality in Home Position

4.1.1 Zero Scale


Use function to set scale to zero.

After key operation, any zero point deviation (e.g. due to grime) is corrected on
relieved scale. Display reads 0.0 [unit]. In addition, symbol 0 is displayed.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 31 -
Normal Mode Functionality in Home Position

Zero setting is possible only if

• Scale is not tared


• Gross weight of load on scale is within zeroing range
• Scale is in no-motion ( on display).

If this is not the case, an event message is output and display remains unchanged.

Sample application:
You are weighing vehicles with extremely dirty tyres. After several weighing
operations, scale platform is grimed. Empty scale indicates weight of grime in place of
zero. Use menu item to zero scale to prevent this from occurring.

4.1.2 Acquire Tare

After key operation, current GROSS weight of load on selected scale is stored
in the scale's tare memory.
Attention: Every scale (1, 2, twin-unit) has its own tare memory. Existing
values are overwritten.
Display reads 0.0 [unit] if NET display type has been selected (default).

4.1.3 Display Tare

This key combination displays stored TARE weight of selected


scale and the symbol 'T' for some seconds.
+

4.1.4 Clear Tare

Tare is set to 0 (selected scale's tare memory is cleared). NET = GROSS;


display shows weight of load on scale.

4.1.5 Acknowledge Event


Designed to inform you, the event messages must be observed. Depending on class
of event on DISOMAT, some messages efface after some seconds while others, e.g.
messages of the 'Warning', 'Alarm' and 'Fault' classes require to be acknowledged.
Use function to react on event messages.

Please note:
Never acknowledge event messages before cause of fault has been
removed.

'ACK' key
Key operation acknowledges the most significant event available. If current
privilege does not allow for acknowledgement, system automatically prompts
for input of a higher-privilege password.
For details on event messages, see Chapter 7.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 32 - © Schenck Process Group
Normal Mode Functionality in Home Position

4.1.6 Self-Test

Key operation (min 1 sec.) starts self-test which automatically terminates after
approx. 1 minute.
The following items are tested:

• Display
• Version
• Mode of selected scale
• Output of accuracy class III or IIII and serial number
• Display of legal-for-trade memory residual capacity and age of oldest
input
• Check number measurement (self-test of load cell measuring ciruit)
• DISOMAT serial number
• Internet key (INET)
• DISOBOX legal-for-trade counter readings *)

Attention: We recommend to operate this key at least once a day.

*) optional

4.1.7 Function Keys


In combination with the [SHIFT] key, keys [F1] to [F6] ready 12 function keys that can
be assigned at will. The existing functionality depending on the particular scale
software, the possible key assignment is detailed in the description of the individual
scales given in Chapter 6.

Display Function Key Assignment

If system is in home position, you can inform yourself about function key assignment.

F? Operate this key combination, and current function key assignment


is displayed in the dialog field for approx. 10 seconds.
+ Abort display with [OK] or [ENTER] key.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 33 -
Normal Mode Functionality in Home Position

4.1.8 Home Position Output


In 'Home Position' operating state (weight display), the dialog field is not used for
inputs and is thus available for display of information.

Use the list below to determine which piece of information is to be displayed in up to 7


lines.
• The home position output is reduced to 3 lines if the weight display is
configured for 'Large display'.
• If you make the same selection for two consecutive lines information is
displayed in double size.

Select Display / Note

Act. value_1 Act. value_1 0.0kg

Act. value_2 Act. value_2 0.0kg

Resid. value_1 Resid. value_1 0%[____________________]100%

Resid. value_2 Resid. value_2 0%[____________________]100%

DISOBOX Channels 1-4 1 436,4172 417,3513 418,2594 417,425


(o)
DISOBOX Channels 5-8 5 404,6256 393,2887 420,0608 413,836
(o)
Dividing line ----------------------------------------

Collective load CLM-Res.l.[d] 0

Weight Display 2 e.g. G 2 >< 179,5


with 2-channel device: show weight of the 'other' scale
*)
Off Display line blank

Date/Time 12.01.2008 11:51:29

Contacts In:--+----- W Out:---++--- **)

S1/S2 or 1: 0.0kg 2: 0.0kg or


S1 / S2 / TW 1: 0.0kg 2: 0.0kg 3: 0.0kg

Gross Gross 0[___________________]Maximum value

Net -NetMax[_________________________]NetMax

Tare Tare 0.0kg

dW/dt dW/dt 0.0kg/s

Setpoint_1 Material<x> Setpoint_1 0.0kg <x> von 1...10

Setpoint_2 Material<x> Setpoint_2 0.0kg <x> von 1...10

Balance_1 Balance_1 0.0kg 1:0,0kg

Balance_2 Balance_2 0.0kg 1:0,0kg

Fctkey-Help 1-6 <str> <str> <str> <str> <str> <str> ***)


Fctkey-Help 7-12 <str> <str> <str> <str> <str> <str> ***)

Analog output 1 A-Out 1[__________________________]100%

Analog output 2 A-Out 2[__________________________]100%

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 34 - © Schenck Process Group
Normal Mode Functionality in Home Position

Select Display / Note

Analog input 1 A-Inp 1[__________________________]100%

Analog input 2 A-Inp 2[__________________________]100%

Batching status_1 Feeding_1 Home position


Batching status_2 Feeding_2 Home position

(o) optional; shows 'Not available' with no DISOBOX connected


*) The second weight display is 20 characters wide, so that it can be configured twice
as high/wide. The status symbols are at places comparable to the status symbols of
the main display and weight is given without a dimension. If scale 1 is visible in the
main display, the second display shows scale 2 and vice-versa. If the twin-unit scale is
visible in the main display, the second display shows Twin-unit active.

**) The contact position display is normally selected at the time of commissioning.
The following symbols can be output:
N Scale in zeroing range
w Write protection of one dongle removed
W Write protection of both dongles removed
- Contact status 'LOW'
+ Contact status 'HIGH'
B Bluetooth module is active on S3
A Interface S3 used by application
S Disoplan is connected via interface S3 (service tool)
***) <str> = max. 5 characters

Operating Sequence

a. DISOMAT in home position operating mode:

Operate [SHIFT] + [ENTER] to call up dialog for home screen output configuration.

b. DISOMAT in menu tree operating mode:


Goto SERVICE menu and start menu item '55:Select home position'. No password
is required.
Dialog field displays current setting, e.g.

1 : Date/Time
2 : Date/Time
3 : Dividing line
4 : Off
5 : Act. value_1
6 : Setpoint_1
7 : Contacts

Use [ENTER] key to select the line whose output you wish to change. You will know
selected line by the underscore. Select information to be displayed with DIRECTION
KEYS.
If setting is complete, return to home position with [OK] key.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 35 -
Home Position

- 36 -
6:MENU TREE 7:MENU TREE 8:MENU TREE 9:MENU TREE 1:MENU TREE 2:MENU TREE
Normal Mode

BV-H2335 GB
Display balance Display gross Select fixed tare Manual tare Enter setpoint String input
password input.

5:MENU TREE 4:MENU TREE 3:MENU TREE

1228
SERVICE SETUP PRINT

41:SETUP 44:SETUP 45:SETUP


Password SCALE Change password

445:SCALE
CALIBRATION

4456:CALIBRATION
Resolution x 10
4.2 Functionality in Menu Tree

5f:SERVICE 1) 51:SERVICE 52:SERVICE 53:SERVICE 54:SERVICE


COLLECTIVE LOAD MEMORY Date/Time Display version Display mode Search in L.f.T. memory

5e:SERVICE 59:SERVICE 58:SERVICE 57:SERVICE 55:SERVICE


Option management Set higher range FILES 2) Select scale Select home position

1) Option 'Crane Scale/Collective Load Memory' 38:PRINT 39:PRINT 3a:PRINT 31:PRINT 32:PRINT
2) Option 'Road Weighbridge ZEUS' Print 6 L.f.T. memory Basic initialisation 3) Print 1 Print 2
3) Configuration password needed
In normal mode, some menu tree functions ('Basic Menu') can be reached without

Mbaum_G1_Tersus_gb.vsd 37:PRINT 36:PRINT 35:PRINT 34:PRINT 33:PRINT


2012-05-25 Print 5 Print 4 Repeat print New page Print 3
Functionality in Menu Tree

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


© Schenck Process Group
Normal Mode Functionality in Menu Tree

4.2.1 Fct. 1:Enter setpoint


When Is An Input Required?
This function is reserved for automatic filling processes and concerns filling scale,
discharge scale as well as individual linkages using the F-Feed or D-Feed function
blocks. With all other scales, no input is required.
ATTENTION:
Ensure that setpoint changes do not change actual fill value such that
overfill occurs.

What Can Be Entered?


For automatic filling processes, two data sets can be programmed and both Material
and Setpoint of the batch to be filled can be specified. The two data sets correspond
to the filling processes, both of which can be performed parallel, e.g. on scale 1 and
scale 2.

Admissible values are:

• Feeding: 1 and 2
o Material: [1 ... 10]
o Setpoint: [0 ... 99999.00 in display unit]

Operating Sequence
An input field appears upon starting:
1:Enter setpoint
Feeding 1
Enter the number of the data set (1 or 2) which you wish to set, and acknowledge with
the [ENTER] key.
Two further input fields appear:
1:Enter setpoint
Material 1
Setpoint 0,000kg
For 'Material', enter the number of the sort you wish to meter (1 ... 10; see
'473:Material data'), and progress to the next input field with the [ENTER] key.
For 'Setpoint', enter the desired setpoint.
Press the [OK] key to effect the changes.

4.2.2 Fct. 2:String input


In addition to weight, a string is an additional information (on print form), e.g. customer
name, material number, vehicle number.
Up to 5 different strings can be used. Designed for detailed identification of a weighing
operation, their meaning has to be predefined.

Enter relevant contents upon weighing. Some inputs remain constant for a longer
time, others require to be redefined or adapted upon every weighing (before printout).

For a string to appear on printout, the following prerequisites must be given:

• String must be defined (length, prompt) (see '464:String Name' function).


• String must be considered in form format (see '462:Form Formats' function).
• String must include text contents (see '2:Enter String' function).

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 37 -
Normal Mode Functionality in Menu Tree

The first two items belong to 'Setting Mode'; the last item is performed in 'Normal
Mode' and described here below.

Operating Sequence

After call of function, the first possible string appears in input field, e.g.

2:Enter String
Customer __________

Enter desired string, or change existing input.

Operate [ENTER] key, and the next possible string is offered, for you to edit.

Note:

1. You can enter the number of strings (max 5) defined upon system setting, i.e.
inputs are possible only for strings longer than 0.
2. Before input field, a text can be output (e.g. 'Customer:'). This prompt
indicates the desired string contents.
3. The inputs for a certain string remained stored until being overwritten.

4.2.3 Fct. 3:PRINT


You can connect a local or remote printer (monitored printer) to the DISOMAT and
print outputs using various formats.
After print fault, print command can be repeated. Printout is repeated with same print
text, weight, consecutive number, and other information. Print command can be
repeated as many times as required until next regular printout. You can also perform a
page feed on printer.
For relevant functions, see menu item ''3:PRINT'.
The DISOMAT basic variant caters for six different form formats. They are printed
automatically or selected by function key operation. For details, see items on
individual scale types in Chapter 6.
The form formats can be addressed either via menu tree function or key linkage. The
print result is the same.
You can change the form formats for 'Print 1' to 'Print 6'. To do so, use the
function '462:Form Formats' in menu '46:PRINT FORM' in 'Setup Mode'.

In case of printing via menu tree, certain functions may be missing and are
additionally addressed upon printout via keyboard (e.g. reset balance upon
totals printout). We recommend to start printing via menu items only if the
description of the particular scale explicitly advises to do so.

Functions via menu tree:


Menu item Function
31:Print 1 Printing with form format 1
32:Print 2 Printing with form format 2
33:Print 3 Printing with form format 3
34:New page Perform a page feed on printer

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 38 - © Schenck Process Group
Normal Mode Functionality in Menu Tree

Menu item Function


35:Repeat print In case of printer fault (e.g. paper out, copies required), you can
repeat printing as many times as required.

ATTENTION: Print repeat through repeated pressing of the print


start key is not useful; depending on scale type, other functions can
be triggered which are not desired for print repeat.
36:Print 4 Printing with form format 4
37:Print 5 Printing with form format 5
38:Print 6 Printing with form format 6
39:L.f.T. memory 'paperless' printing into legal-for-trade memory

3a:Basic initialisation (configuration password needed)


Send initializing sequences to connected printers. Function is required to set Kyocera
laser printers to receive commands from the controller.
3a:Basic initialisation
Printer User specified
Init sequence ___________________

Possible settings are:


Input field Selection

Printer Kyocera laser:


Sends a fixed coded initializing sequence to the connected Kyocera
laser printer. The printer is usually configured as a local printer and
connected to the USB port.

User specified:
The string given under 'Init. Sequence' is sent to the printer. The
sequence entered is not stored; the printer will store the setting.

Init sequence Input of user specified initialisation sequence.


Pressing [OK] starts the function.

4.2.4 Fct. 4:SETUP


The function 'Fct. 4456:Resolution x 10' in the 'SETUP' menu is accessible without
entering a password. This allows you to display the weight in 10-fold resolution at
any time.

Also refer to chapter 'Fct.445:CALIBRATION'

Navigate in menu tree to


4456:CALIBRATION
Resolution x 10
and start with the [ENTER] key.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 39 -
Normal Mode Functionality in Menu Tree

The function reports


4456:Resolution x 10
Function active
The weight is now displayed in high resolution for up to 30 minutes. *)

*)
During this time no other function can be selected. After 30 minutes the device
automatically switches back to normal display mode. The function can also be
terminated by pressing [ENTER], [OK] or [ESC] key.

The other functions of the 'SETUP' menu are described in section 'Setting
Mode'.

4.2.5 Fct. 5:SERVICE


Use this group of functions to perform, or check, some settings and perform some
tests without password.

Menu functions:

51: Set date/time


52: Request version number
53: Set display type
54: Search legal-for-trade memory
55: Select home position
57: Select scale
58: Menu functions 58:SERVICE -> FILES are only relevant by using option 'Truck
scale ZEUS'; see chapter 'Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)'.
59: Higher Range
5e: Menu function 5e:SERVICE -> Option Management provides information of
loaded options; see chapter Setting Using Parameter Password.
5f: Menu functions 5f:SERVICE -> COLLECTIVE LOAD MEMORY are only relevant
by using variant 'Crane Scale' in conjunction with option 'Collective Load Memory'
(see 'Service Manual Crane Scale' (BV-H2339AA) ).

4.2.5.1 Fct. 51:Date/Time


Use function to set the clock in DISOMAT. This makes good sense if a printer is
connected and time data are to be printed on print form, or permanently displayed in
dialog field.

Caution: Since your inputs are not checked semantically, even useless inputs, e.g.
41,22,92 are accepted. So strictly observe given format to prevent malfunctions from
occurring.

Note: If system is powered off, clock continues running for approx. 1 week provided
that system has been operating for minimum 30 hours.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 40 - © Schenck Process Group
Normal Mode Functionality in Menu Tree

Operating Sequence

After start of function current values are displayed:


51:Date/Time
Date 12.01.00
Time 17:15:30

Date input uses the format dd.mm.yy (dd=day, mm=month, yy=year).


In case of output, the year appears in 4-digit form.
Acknowledge with [ENTER] key.
Time input uses the format hh:mm:ss (hh=hour, mm=minute, ss=second).
Acknowledge with [ENTER] key.
New settings are effective after acknowledgement with [OK] key.

4.2.5.2 Fct. 52:Display version


This function shows characteristic information for your unit. This information is
important if you have questions for the manufacturer because this is the only way that
the service staff advising you knows what equipment you have.

Operating sequence:
When you press the [ENTER] button, information appears in the display in a
continuous*) sequence that is shown for a couple of seconds such as

*) You can use the [ENTER] or [OK] buttons to switch more quickly to the next inputs.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 41 -
Normal Mode Functionality in Menu Tree

The information provided:

Entry # Line number Display


1 ... 6 1 The version designations of the software, hardware and
serial number, etc.
7 ... 67 2 Flash log file (max. of 60 entries)

Flash log file:


The entries from #7 show the history of the last registered loading processes with
information on who did load what software into the unit at what time.
The following is stored for each loading process (refer to #8a and #8b) such as

Line: Information: where:


31:DOp vww20700/002 31 = the number of the loading process
a
L:14.07.06 08:48 L = loading date/loading time
U:<DISOPLAN User> U = user (from the loading program)
b
C:Schenck Process GmbH C = Company (ditto)

4.2.5.3 Fct. 53:Display mode


Use function to determine the weight display default settings:

• Net [Net]
Normally, DISOMAT comes set for NET display. However, only if a tare value
has been stored (T or PT symbol). If you clear tare memory, display
automatically changes to GROSS weight. After acquisition of a new tare
value, display returns to default. This setting will therefore take effect only if a
tare value has been set. If you want to know GROSS weight, use the
'7:Display gross' function.

• Gross [G]
Some weighing applications require the GROSS weight to be permanently
set. This is independent of tare memory. The display will always show the
GROSS weight whether the tare memory contains a value or has been
cleared. There is no menu item for NET display.

After start of function the following input fields appear:


53:Display mode
Display Net
Stamping plate Yes
Weight display Normal

Display: You can select between: [Net | Gross].


NOTE: If 'Gross' display is set as default, call of the '7:Display gross' function is
ineffective.
Stamping plate: Select between 'Yes' and 'No'; selection is possible only after input of
calibration password.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 42 - © Schenck Process Group
Normal Mode Functionality in Menu Tree

Weight display: You can select between: [Normal | Big].


This parameter is used to toggle the main weight display between Normal (character
height 22 mm) and Big (character height 45 mm). When selecting Big, the weight
display covers in its home position a part of the dialogue field. The bottom three rows
only of the home position displays will remain visible. The characters will be displayed
more dynamically slender if there should be insufficient space to output the weight
value. The weight display will return to 'Normal' while navigating the menu.
This operating mode should not be used if you are using a 'DISOMAT B plus
Ex' as a mirror as this mode is not supported and the top 4 rows of the home
position display will not be updated, i.e. the most recent menu display will be
retained.
An ordinary mirror and a VOP operating console (in the most recent software
version) are able to display the large characters.

A further input field will appear after acknowledging using the [ENTER] key:
53:Display mode
Display light timeout 0,0s
Enter the timeout before display background lighting goes out. Operate any key,
display reappears and timeout is reactivated.
Exit function with [OK] or [ENTER] key.

4.2.5.4 Fct. 54:Search in legal-for-trade memory


Use function for display and printout of weighing results stored in legal-for-trade
memory.

You can search for data

• stemming from a certain day date


• appertaining to a certain consecutive number
• including a certain text.

Operating Sequence

After call of function, three input fields appear:


54:Search in legal-for-trade memory
Date 01.01.00
Sequence no. 0
String

Field: Function:

Date Input of date; default value is always as shown.


Attention: Remember date input instructions given at the
'51:Date/Time' item.

Sequence no. Input of a consecutive number.

String Enter text to be searched in strings.

Start searching with [OK] key.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 43 -
Normal Mode Functionality in Menu Tree

Result

If the search

• fails, display reads: 'No further entries found'.


• was successful, first data record found is displayed. Display other hits with
[ENTER] key.

When searching for data records, the 3 possible default settings are AND-
interlinked, i.e. system exclusively finds data records meeting all three
criteria. To do so, best restart function and leave default value in the input
field of the unused criterion (same effect as 'Ignore Field').
Exit function using [ABORT] or [OK] key.

Pressing of [OK] key lets you print the hits.

54:Search in legal-for-trade memory


Print No

You can select: [No| Last Display | All Inputs Found]:

• 'No': No printout
• 'Last entry': Print data record displayed last.
• 'All entries found': Print all data records meeting the selected criteria.

You can abort printing using any key.

4.2.5.5 Fct. 55:Select home position


This function is used to configure the so-called 'Home Position Display'.
'Home Position Display' refers to the unused area of the display beneath the weight
display in which values are permanently displayed when the DISOMAT is in the initial
position.
This 'Home Position Display' is not related to the 'initial position' of a weighing!

Once the function has been started, up to 7 lines can be defined for this display, e.g.

1 : Date/Time
2 : Date/Time
3 : Dividing line
4 : Tare
5 : Off
6 : Fctkey-Help 7-12
7 : Fctkey-Help 1-6

Acquire the data and exit the function with the [OK] key.

This menu can be entered directly from the initial position using the key-
combination [SHIFT]+[ENTER].
A detailed description can be found in the chapter 'Home Position Output'.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 44 - © Schenck Process Group
Normal Mode Functionality in Menu Tree

4.2.5.6 Fct. 57:Select scale


Use cursor keys to go to menu item
57:Select scale
Select scale Scale 1

Weight display shows currently connected scale (see Item 3.2.2 'Display Range').

For better handling this function is available twice. See also 'Setting Mode' ->
'Fct. 446:Select scale'.

4.2.5.7 Fct. 58:FILES

Menu items 58:SERVICE -> FILES are available after installation of option
'Road Weighbridge ZEUS' (see chapter 6).

4.2.5.8 Fct. 59:Set higher range

This function is only relevant with existing multi-range scale.

This function switches a multi-range scale into the next-higher range.


This is necessary when a road weigh bridge does not come to a standstill in the small
range due to wind.
It automatically switches back to the smallest range once the load is relieved.

4.2.6 Fct. 6:Display balance


Use menu item to display balance total.

NOTE: This display corresponds to the total of all 10 materials counters (see also
Format Variable 'BI'). Next display after balance total shows individual material totals.

When Does Summation Take Place?

• With Filling scale/Discharge scale, balancing takes place automatically after


every filling/discharge operation.
• With all other scales, summation takes place upon printing (depending on
configuration).

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 45 -
Normal Mode Functionality in Menu Tree

What Is Summated?
Every operation increments the number of dumps by 1, and balance total by the
acquired weight value.
Operations are filling processes, aborted or completed, and all printing operations
started via keyboard or contact input.
No balancing takes place if printout is started using menu items '31:Print 1', '32:Print
2', '33:Print 3', '36:Print 4', '37:Print 5', '38:Print 6' and '35:Print repeat' .

What Is Displayed?
You can display current balance total and current number of dumps.

Example
30 kg each time are filled. After 9 filling operations, balance total is 270 kg. Maximum
balance total is 280 kg.
You can enter balance total and maximum number of dumps at menu item '471:Max.
Balance/Dumps' after input of parameter password.

Operating Sequence

Function first displays current balance total, e.g.


6:Display balance
Balance 1256.0kg
Dumps 0

After operation of [OK] key, display shows first 6 dumps, e.g.

6:Display balance
Material 1 0,0kg
Material 2 0,0kg
Material 3 0,0kg
Material 4 0,0kg
Material 5 0,0kg
Material 6 0,0kg
After repeated operation of the [OK] key, display shows the remaining 4 dumps, e.g.
6:Display balance
Material 7 0,0kg
Material 8 19019,0kg
Material 9 0,0kg
Material10 0,0kg

Function terminates with [OK] key.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 46 - © Schenck Process Group
Normal Mode Functionality in Menu Tree

4.2.7 Fct. 7:Display gross


Use function for brief display of current GROSS weight.
Prerequisite: Display currently shows NET weight.

Operating Sequence

7:Display gross

Right after operation of [ENTER] key, current GROSS weight is displayed (in weight
area) for some seconds.

Example:

You have filled a hopper; scale is tared and shows weight of good to be weighed
(=NET). You wish to briefly display totals weight (=GROSS) with no need to clear tare
memory. This function briefly outputs current GROSS weight before scale returns to
NET weight display.

4.2.8 Fct. 8:Select fixed tare


Use menu item to tare a stored value, i.e. you need not key in tare value but can
select from a list. List may comprise maximum 9 fixed tare values (Fix1 ... Fix9).

You will know a fixed tare value by the 'PT' symbol on display.

Selection of a fixed tare weight with 0.00 value has the same effect as 'Clear
Tare'.

For simple selection of fixed tare values, these require to be entered. This is
done in 'Setting Mode' (Parameter password) using the '48:Fixed tare input'
function.

Operating Sequence

After call of function, scroll field display always shows parameter 'Fix1'.
8:Select fixed tare
Fixed tare Fix1

Use DIRECTION KEYS to select other value, if you desire so. Acknowledge with
[ENTER], and the 'PT' symbol appears on display.

Example
You wish to acquire the weights of bulk solids (NET weight) stored in different hopper
types of 5 different weights. The weight of each hopper is always the same. You weigh
the filled hopper (GROSS weight) and select hopper weight using fixed tare value.
Advantage: You need not enter hopper weight in manual.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 47 -
Normal Mode Functionality in Menu Tree

4.2.9 Fct. 9:Manual tare


Use menu item to enter tare value in manual. You will know 'Manual Tare Value' by
the 'PT' symbol on display.

Admissible input range: [ 0 ... full scale value]

Operating Sequence

Input field displays current value of tare memory:


9:Manual tare
Tare 1,00kg

Enter desired value. Acknowledge with [ENTER], and the 'PT' symbol appears on
display.

Example:
You wish to acquire the weight of a bulk solid (NET weight) stored in a drum. Drum
weight (TARE weight) is noted on drum. Weigh filled drum (GROSS weight) and enter
TARE weight in manual.
Advantage: You need not weigh empty drum before filling.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 48 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Safety Through Password Protection

5 Setting Mode
'Setting Mode' operating mode is protected by password. Here you exclusively use
menu tree functions designed for

• PARAMETRIZATION - Perform parameter settings in DISOMAT which are


but seldom required. Before calling functions (see Item 5.2), enter Parameter
password.

• CONFIGURATION - Perform control system settings. Before calling functions


(see Item 5.3), enter Configuraiton password. This privilege includes the
permission for parametrization.

• CALIBRATION - Set and calibrate weighing system. Before calling functions


(see Item 5.4), enter Calibration password.

As convenient servicing tool, Schenck Process have developed the


DISOPLAN PC program.
For operating DISOPLAN please refer to the System Manual (BV-H2334).

Calling up setting mode

Call up menu tree, go to function


4:MENU TREE
SETUP
and operate [DOWN arrow] key.

System prompts for password input.


41:SETUP
Password
(see Item 5.1).

After password input, the relevant menu items are faded in into menu tree. You will
note that menu items are not strictly divided by the above three privilege grades. For
practical reasons, some menu items are available under multiple passwords.

5.1 Safety Through Password Protection


For safety reasons, access to functions is protected by a graded password system
designed to protect the DISOMAT settings.

In addition to the generally accessible area, there are further areas protected by
password:

• Parameter password for daily use

• Configuration password for commissioning

• Calibration password for weighing functions commissioning

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 49 -
Setting Mode Safety Through Password Protection

• Restart password for restart ('Reset all' - For reloading of RAM, see Item
5.5).

• Service password for Schenck Process internal use only. Opens further
menu items reserved for authorized service engineers.

Every password is designed as 6-digit number.

To ease operation, the menu items relevant for the selected area do not
appear before sucessful password input.

We urgently recommend to use the password protected menu tree


areas only if you are sufficiently familiar with the function block
system.

With the use of the configuration password, for instance, function block
parameters can be changed. However, inadvertent changes can cause
severe faults, sometimes not immediately obvious. A connected control
system, if any, has the potential to cause severe injury or damage to the
machine.

The plant user must ensure that the passwords are used only by
authorized and skilled persons. If required, passwords must be removed
from operating manual, or changed.

5.1.1 Default Passwords


If you make this manual available to operators who shall not know all passwords, we
suggest to

• blacken this table, or

• change passwords (see menu item '45:Change Password'), enter in copy of


this sheet and keep in a safe place.

Password for Default Changed to


Parameter Setting 393852
Configuration 618349
Calibration 505442
Restart 140789

5.1.2 Fct. 41:Password


Go to menu tree, use DIRECTION KEYS to open function

41:SETUP
Password
and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 50 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Safety Through Password Protection

Input field
41:Password
Password ______
opens. Enter requisite password. For safety reasons, display is suppressed.

Acknowledge with [ENTER] key and display outputs confirmation:


41:Enter Password
Password accepted / Password wrong

Check to see if input was successful. Operate [Left Arrow] or [Right Arrow] key to view
changed menu tree.

5.1.3 Password Quick Input


You are in 'Menu Tree' operating state. If DISOMAT is in any position in menu tree
and no function has been started yet, you can go to password input dialog direct using
key combination.

[SHIFT] + [ENTER]:
'Password Quick Input'
+

If the function needed next is accessed via another password level, you need not
select and start the '41:Password' function.

5.1.4 Fct. 45:Change password


Use menu item to change the passwords stored in system.

Observing the following restrictions, the new password can be selected at will.

• Password is always designed as 6-digit number.


• First password number is invariable. Parameter password, e.g., always starts
with '3'.

Note new password in an appropriate location.


If changed passwords are no longer available, only the Schenck Process
service can reactivate the default passwords, provided that the restart
password (Reset All) is still known.

Therefore: Carefully store restart password.


If current restart password is no longer known, return system to supplier for
restore of default passwords.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 51 -
Setting Mode Safety Through Password Protection

Operating Sequence

First enter (current) password to be changed, then new password.


For safety reasons, display is suppressed.

Go to menu tree, use DIRECTION KEYS to select function


45:SETUP
Change Password
and start with [ENTER] key.

Input field
45:Change Password
Password ______
opens. Enter current password and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

Input field
45:Change Password
New Password ______
opens. Enter new password and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

Input field
45:Change Password
Repeat Password ______
opens. Enter new password for the second time.

Acknowledge with [ENTER] key, and display confirms input.


45:Change Password
Password accepted | Password Wrong

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 52 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode How to ...

5.2 How to ...

5.2.1 Commissioning DISOMAT minimal configuration


A DISOMAT is generally supplied with default settings.

Language : English

Function variant : Cargo scale

Scales Data : Are stored in the dongle, in as far as they have been entered.

We recommend the initial commissioning be performed as follows.

Preparations: Applying power to the system.

Connect load cell(s) or load cell


simulator.

• Switch on Power
The DISOMAT will boot up and display the start screen in English after a few
seconds.
Event message 'A0209:Powerfail' will be displayed in the topmost row.

• Press the [Quit] button to clear the message.

A) Basic Setting

51:Date/Time: Check or set date/time.

41:Password: Enter calibration password (505442)

431:National language support: Set the language required, e.g. German'; and
further settings.
Languages other than German and English can be
loaded with the DISOPLAN --> select: 'Loaded
language'.

B) Configure Scales

448:Meas.input configuration: For use if two measuring inputs should be used or if


no measuring input is active (DISOBOX A/D
converter or device operated as a mirror).

441:Calibration parameters: Calibration parameters for Scale 1.

442:Special scales: Set mode of operation for Scale 1.

444:Scale parameters: Set scales parameters for Scale 1.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 53 -
Setting Mode How to ...

Optional:
446:Select scale: Overplug Scale 2, if the second measuring input is being used.

(Display: )

441, 442 and 444 Run functions 441, 442 and 444 for Scale 2.

Optional:
446:Select scale: Overplug twin scales, if the second measuring input is being used.

(Display: )

441, 442 and 444 Run functions 441, 442 and 444 for the Twin-unit scales.

The terminal value must be correctly set in the calibration parameters of the
Twin-unit scales, as the function block processing uses this value as a
reference.

446:Select scale: Overplug Scale 1.

Calibrate Scale 1: (dead load, range calibration).

Optional:
446:Select scale: Overplug Scale 2.

(Display: )

Calibrate Scale 2: (dead load, range calibration).

Optional:
443:Configure l.f.t. memory: if legal-for-trade memory present

C) Set active peripheral devices

1. Printer (optional)

4333:Printer: Printer interfaces [S1, S2, S3, S4, USB]


Designate interface to which the printer will be connected;
set further parameters appropriately.

432:Interfaces: Interface [S1, S2, S3, S4, NW1, NW2]


Select interface to be reserved for the printer and configure it
accordingly.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 54 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode How to ...

2. 2nd display (optional)

4334:2nd display: Interface [S1, S2, S3, S4, NW1, NW2]


Designate interface to which the secondary display will be
connected;
set further parameters appropriately.

432:Interfaces: Interface [S1, S2, S3, S4, NW1, NW2]


Select interface to be reserved for the secondary display and
configure it accordingly.

3. Edp (optional)

4331:Edp: DP interfaces [S1, S2, S3, S4, NW1, NW2]


Designate interface to which the DP will be connected;
set further parameters appropriately.

432:Interfaces: Interface [S1, S2, S3, S4, NW1, NW2]


Select interface to be reserved for the DP and configure it
accordingly.

4. Terminal (DT models, optional)

436:Terminal: Interface [S1, S2, S3, S4, NW1, NW2]


Designate interface to which the operating console will be
connected;
set further parameters appropriately.

432:Interfaces: Interface [S1, S2, S3, S4, NW1, NW2]


Select interface to be reserved for the operating console and
configure it accordingly.

5. Fieldbus (optional)

4335:Fieldbus Protocol <List>


If the DISOMAT is connected to a process control system (PCS) via
feldbus:

• Select a suitable procedure


• Set the associated parameters appropriately.

D) Scales Functions

5e:Option Management Activate the extra options, if necessary.

423:Load variant If a different 'Cargo scale' is being used to the preset


one, the corresponding function variant must be
activated.

421:FUNCTION VARIANT The related parameters should be checked and, if


Parameter necessary, adjusted once a variant has been loaded!

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 55 -
Setting Mode How to ...

E) Print Forms

462:Form formats Customize the print forms, if necessary;


test the function by printing out the 6 forms (funcitons 31 ... 33
and 36 ... 38).

F) Sort (optional; for feed scales only)

471:Max. Balance/Dumps Enter the values for the 'Maximum Total' and 'Maximum
: Number Bulk Fillings'.

473:Material data: Characterization of up to 10 sorts.

G) Home Position Display

55:Select home position: Set the 'home position display' required. This refers to the
permanent display of certain values in the unused part of
the display beneath the weight display.
We recommend that you display the 'Contacts' for
purposes of commissioning.

H) FILES (optional)

58:FILES: This function is applicable if the following options have been installed:
'Truck scale ZEUS'
'Truck scale JASON'

I) Collective load (optional)

5f:COLLECTIVE LOAD MEMORY: This function is applicable to funciton variant


Crane scale' with the installed option 'Load
Collective Memory'.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 56 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode How to ...

5.2.2 Commissioning VOP as mirror

5.2.2.1 Connection via serial interface


These instructions describe the connection of a DISOMAT VOP 28000 operating
console ('Operator Panel') as a mirror to a DISOMAT Tersus via serial interface.
The following serial interfaces can be used for the connection to the DISOMAT: S1,
S2, S4 (opt.).
The following description assumes that S1 will be used.
Once the connection has been established via cable, a range of settings must be
made both on the VOP and the DISOMAT.

Precondition: DISOMAT is connected to a power supply and is configured (e.g.


Language=English)
Device is switched OFF

Load cell(s) or load cell simulator are connected

(VOP set to factory settings)

Refer also to the chapter 'Commissioning DISOMAT'

A) Connect VOP to DISOMAT


The VOP is connected to the DISOMAT via its RS485 2-wire interface, preferably to
the S1 interface:

Power is supplied to the VOP either by an external 24 V power supply unit or directly
by the DISOMAT auxiliary supply output for external devices.

See also: BV-H2334 : DISOMAT system manual

BV-H2396 : VOP operating manual

• Switch on Power
DISOMAT boots up ...
Event message 'A0209:Powerfail' will be displayed in the topmost row.
Press the [Quit] button to clear the message.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 57 -
Setting Mode How to ...

VOP boots up ... and then goes into the 'Timeout' operating state:

B) Establishing the DISONET Connection

B1) DISOMAT Settings

Enter the configuration password


41:Password:
(618349)

43321:Disonet mode: Select Interface S1


Select Net position Master

43322:Slavelist: Master-Mirror Yes wählen


(leave the other parameters set to 'No')

432:Interfaces: Select Interface S1

Select Physics RS485 2-wire


Select Baud rate 115kBd
(recommended)
Handshake Off
Data 8bit no
Stop bits 1

==> Event message upper row: 'M7501-3 DISONET error'


Leave the DISOMAT home position screen menu.

B2) VOP Settings


Before the device is correctly configured it will be in either T(imeout) or L(ocal) mode.
To call up the local menu tree *), press

once
*) The local menu tree can be identified by the '–' character after the
function number.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 58 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode How to ...

To enter the password, again press

once

41-Password: Enter the configuration password (618349)

431-National language support: Set the language required, e.g. German'; and
further settings.

43321-Disonet mode: Select Interface S1


Select Net position Master-Mirror

432:Interfaces: Select Interface S1 (settings as for DISOMAT


!)
Select Physics RS485 2-wire
Select Baud rate 115kBd
(recommended)
Handshake Off
Data 8bit no
Stop bits 1

The connection will be established once [OK] is pressed and the event message
'M7501-3 DISONET error' disappears.

Exiting the local menu tree and switch to 'Mirror' mode:

• The VOP will switch directly into 'Mirror' mode the first time it is set as a mirror.

• Otherwise, press:

-->

7x 1x
(at least)

VOP and DISOMAT will now display the exact same user interface.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 59 -
Setting Mode How to ...

C) Switching from 'Mirror' to 'Local Mode'


If the VOP is in 'Mirror' mode you can access the local menu tree with the following
key combination:

--> --> -->

7x 2x 2x 1x
(at least)

5.2.2.2 Connection via Ethernet


These instructions describe the connection of a DISOMAT VOP 28000 operating
console ('Operator Panel') as a mirror to a DISOMAT Tersus via Ethernet.
The following interfaces can be used for the connection to the DISOMAT:

DISOMAT :NW1, NW2

VOP :NW1

Once the connection has been established via cable, a range of settings must be
made both on the VOP and the DISOMAT.

Precondition: DISOMAT is connected to a power supply and is configured (e.g.


Language=English)
Device is switched OFF

Load cell(s) or load cell simulator are connected

(VOP at factory settings)

Refer also to the chapter 'Commissioning DISOMAT'

A) Connect VOP to DISOMAT


The VOP is connected to the DISOMAT via its Ethernet interface for data transfer.

Power is supplied to the VOP either by an external 24 V power supply unit or directly
by the DISOMAT auxiliary supply output for external devices.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 60 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode How to ...

See also: BV-H2334 : DISOMAT system manual

BV-H2396 : VOP 28000 operating manual

• Switch on Power
DISOMAT boots up ...
Event message 'A0209:Powerfail' will be displayed in the topmost row.
Press the [Quit] button to clear the message.
VOP boots up ... and then goes into the 'Timeout' operating state.

B) Establishing the DISONET Connection

B1) DISOMAT Settings

41:Entering Password: Enter the configuration password (618349)

43321:Disonet mode: Select Interface NW1


Select Net position Master

43322:Slavelist: Master-Mirror Yes wählen


(leave the other parameters as they are)

437:IP Configuration: Set IP Address 192.168.240.1


Netmask 255.255.255.0
Gateway 0.0.0.0

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 61 -
Setting Mode How to ...

432:Interfaces: Select Interface NW1


Set Remote IP Address 192.168.240.255 *)
Exit Local-/Remote Port 350

*) Broadcast address

==> Event message upper row: 'M7501-3 DISONET error'


Leave the DISOMAT home position screen menu.

B2) VOP Settings


Before the device is correctly configured it will be in either T(imeout) or L(ocal) mode.
To call up the local menu tree *), press

once
*) The local menu tree can be identified by the '–' character after the
function number.

To enter the password, again press

once

41-Password: Enter the configuration password (618349)

431-National language support: Set the language required, e.g. German'; and
further settings.

43321-Disonet mode: Select Interface NW1


Select Net position Master-Mirror

432:Interfaces: Select Interface NW1


Exit Remote IP Address
0.0.0.0
Exit Local-/Remote Port
350

437:IP Configuration: Set IP Address 192.168.240.21


Netmask 255.255.255.0
Gateway 0.0.0.0

The connection will be established once [OK] is pressed and the event message
'M7501-3 DISONET error' disappears.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 62 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode How to ...

Exiting the local menu tree and switch to 'Mirror' mode:

• The VOP will switch directly into 'Mirror' mode the first time it is set as a mirror.

• Otherwise, press:

-->

7x 1x
(at least)

VOP and DISOMAT will now display the exact same user interface.

C) Switching from 'Mirror' to 'Local Mode'

If the VOP is in 'Mirror' mode you can access the local menu tree with the following
key combination:

--> --> -->

7x 2x 2x 1x
(at least)

5.2.3 Commissioning DISOMAT with DISOBOX


These instructions describe how to connect one or two DISOBOXes to a DISOMAT
Tersus.
It is electrically connected through a serial RS 485-2 wire interface. The S1 or S2
interfaces can be used for connecting both to the DISOMAT and DISOBOX, although
the description below is premised upon using the S1.
Settings still have to be made on the units after establishing the cable connections
(refer to the chapter on the connection diagrams or the system manual of the
DISOMAT Tersus BV-H2334). It makes sense to configure them with equipment
where no other settings have to be made or where factory settings were loaded.
There are two different ways to set the DISOBOX:
• with the aid of the DISOPLAN configuration program (optional)
• with DISOMAT
Please record the serial numbers of the DISOBOX (8-digit) before commencing work.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 63 -
Setting Mode How to ...

Step 1: Preparing the DISOBOX (with DISOPLAN)


When DISOPLAN is available, it is advisable to prepare DISOBOX before connecting
it to DISOMAT Tersus.
• Menu item 'DISONET mode'
o Select interface (S1/S2)
o Set the network position (slave 1/slave 2)

DISOBOX Plus DISONET mode

• Menu item 'Interface Sx'


o Select the baud rate.
The default is 38,400 Baud. 115 kBaud should be selected especially
when connecting more than one DISOBOX.
o Handshake off / 8 bits no parity / 1 stop bit

DISOBOX Plus DISONET interface parameters

• Menu item 'Set up Scales'


o Set the channel parameters
(these settings can also be made later from DISOMAT Tersus)

• Calibration Parameters menu item


Do not set here

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 64 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode How to ...

Step 2: Preparing the DISOMAT Tersus (in any event)


• Use the configuration password

• Menu item 448: signal input configuration


o Set measuring modules 1 and 2 to off

• Menu item 4471: configuration


o Key in the number of DISOBOXes

• Menu item 43321: DISONET mode


o Select interface Sx
o Select master network position

• Menu item 43322 slave list


o Activate slave 1
o Also activate slave 2 if two DISOBOXes are connected.

• Menu item 432: interfaces


o Select interface Sx
o Physics: RS 485 2-wire
o Baud rate as on DISOBOX
o Handshake off / 8 bits no parity / 1 stop bit

• The fault message 'M7501-x DISONET faulty' appears in the display now.

Step 3: Address assignment (configuration without DISOPLAN)


It is a prerequisite that DISOBOX has its factory settings.
• Menu item 4474: address assignment
o Key in the serial number and network position for each DISOBOX
connected
o An alternative is to assign the address without a serial number by just
connecting one DISOBOX and confirming the network position.
The DISONET fault message disappears after awarding the address. Please check
the connection and configuration for slave x if the 'M7501-x DISONET faulty' message
is still on.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 65 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

5.3 Setting Using Parameter Password


After input of Parameter password, you can access

• 'basic functionality' (see Item 4.2)


• additional functions described below (see: Table, Fig.)

Menu items Comments


42:FUNCTION VARIANT This function (see Item 'Setting Using Configuration
421:Parameter Password').
46:PRINT FORM Settings for printed output of weigh data.
461:Form texts
462:Form formats
463:Page header format
464:String names
465:EDP-format
466:L.f.T format
467:Consecutive number
468:Load default form
469:Load default text
47:MATERIALS Enter basic material data (balance settings).
471:Max. Balance/Dumps
472:Clear balance
473:Material data
48:Fixed Tare Input Enter or change fixed tare values.
5b:DIAGNOSIS See 'Kundendiensthandbuch - Diagnosen am
DISOMAT' (BV-H2280DE, German only)
5d:Activate Disoplan interface See chapter 'Fct. 5d:Activate Disoplan interface'
5e:Option Management Licensing of additional bought options.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 66 - © Schenck Process Group
Mbaum_P1_Tersus_gb.vsd 4:MENU TREE
2012-05-25
SETUP

44:SETUP 45:SETUP 46:SETUP 47:SETUP 48:SETUP 41:SETUP 42:SETUP


SCALE Change password PRINT FORM MATERIALS Fixed tare input Password FUNCTION VARIANT
Setting Mode

(see Item 5.1.1)

445:SCALE
CALIBRATION
471:MATERIALS 472:MATERIALS 473:MATERIALS
Max. Balance/Dumps Clear balance Material data
4456:CALIBRATION

© Schenck Process Group


Resolution x 10

468:PRINT FORM 469:PRINT FORM 461:PRINT FORM 462:PRINT FORM 463:PRINT FORM 421:FUNCTION VARIANT
Load default form Load default text Form texts Form formats Page header format Parameter

467:PRINT FORM 466:PRINT FORM 465:PRINT FORM 464:PRINT FORM

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


Consecutive number L.f.T. format EDP-format String names
Additional menu items with parameter password

1) Option 'Crane Scale/Collective Load Memory'


5:MENU TREE
2) Option 'Road Weighbridge ZEUS'
SERVICE
3) See BV-H2280

5e:SERVICE 5f:SERVICE 1) 51:SERVICE 52:SERVICE 53:SERVICE 54:SERVICE


Option management COLLECTIVE LOAD MEMORY Date/Time Display version Display mode Search in L.f.T. memory

1228
5d:SERVICE 5b:SERVICE 59:SERVICE 58:SERVICE 57:SERVICE 55:SERVICE
Activate Disoplan interface DIAGNOSIS 3) Set higher range FILES 2) Select scale Select home position

BV-H2335 GB
Setting Using Parameter Password

- 67 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

5.3.1 Fct. 46:PRINT FORM


Many weighing tasks require data, loaded, stored or acquired, to be printed.
DISOMAT is capable of controlling a printer directly.

What can be printed?

The following functions are available:

• A remote or local printer can be operated.


• In case of remote printer, system checks to see if data transfer and printout
have been successful. If not, system outputs an event message.
• The EDP message to be transferred after printout can be formatted.
• Six form formats are available, e.g. 'Single Printout', 'Sub-Total' and 'Total'.
These form formats can be addressed both via menu tree and function blocks
(Print1, Print2, Print3, Print4, Print5, Print6).
• If weigh data are output in list form, a header printout can be started for every
new page.
• The form format can be designed at will (division of page, information to be
printed).
• Single printouts can be started both using the function block linkage and in
menu tree.
• Input of a string varying from printout to printout (e.g. item number, vehicle
number) is possible using function blocks and in the dialog mode.
• After printer fault, the print job started last can be repeated with same text,
weight and consecutive number. Print command is repeated as many times as
required until next printout.

Handling print functions


For the stated options, DISOMAT readies a convenient printer control accessed from
four menu tree items:

• Menu item '2:Enter String'


See item 4.2.2.
• Menu '3:PRINT'
Starts the functions for start and repeat of printing in daily operation. Six form
formats are available ('31:Print 1', '32:Print 2', '33:Print 3, ''36:Print 4', '37:Print
5', '38:Print 6') that can be accessed at any time by function key operation or
via menu tree.
See Item 4.2.3.
• Menu '46:PRINT FORM'
See below.

You need not use the default form formats. To match the construction of printouts via
the '3:PRINT' menu, the variable form format function is available which you can use
to match formats to your requirements. You can reload default formats at any time
(default forms, default texts). However, your changes get lost.

The following items describe all functions the system readies for changing.

5.3.1.1 Fct. 461:Form texts


For creation of image, the '462:Form formats' function uses various codes. Using code
'Sn' (n=1,2,3) one of three form texts can be inserted.

Form texts are preassigned as default. If other texts are required, you can match
these to your requirements using the described functions, and reload the default
settings at any time (see function: '469:Load Default Text').

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 68 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

Operating Sequence

Once the function has been called up the current form texts will be displayed, e.g.:
461:Form texts
1st Text Date Time #
2nd Text Truck
3rd Text Weight
To select a particular text, press the [ENTER] key (forwards) or the [SHIFT] +
[ENTER] keys (backwards) until the desired line has been reached.
To change a text, enter the desired characters and press the [ENTER] key.
Enter the 3 form texts in this manner.
Acquire the data and exit the function with the [OK] key
There is a further method for reading out texts . If you need more form texts,
simply add text to form format (see '462:Form formats').

5.3.1.2 Fct. 462:Form formats


The form formats below correspond to relevant function block and menu tree
functions:

Form Format Function Block Menu Tree Function


Form Format 1 Print1 '31:Print 1'
Form Format 2 Print2 '32:Print 2'
Form Format 3 Print3 '33:Print 3'
Form Format 4 Print4 '36:Print 4'
Form Format 5 Print5 '37:Print 5'
Form Format 6 Print6 '38:Print 6'
You can match these form formats to your requirements using the function described
here.
You can, e.g.

• Change form division


• Determine weigh data to be printed, e.g. Gross, Net, Tare, Balance)
• Determine additional texts to be printed.

NOTE: If no changes have been effected, system uses its default formats (see
function '468:Load Default Form').

Definitions
For better understanding, some terms shall be explained.

Term Definition
Form format Editable string whose contents determines the sequence of printout.
Format element Part of a form format (format variable, special character, additional
text). Format elements are separated by commas (max. 20 digits
between 2 commas).

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 69 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

Term Definition
Format variable A symbolic name (code) standing for the format element to be output
(e.g. 'BZ' for string).
Form text Editable string whose contents can be output through the format
variable in the form of 'Sn' (n=1,2,3). A form text is part of the form
format and is but seldom changed, e.g. company name.

Editing - Some Rules


When changing form format, observe the following rules:

• Ensure that codes are separated from one another by comma.


• Ensure that form format line length does not exceed 200 digits (including
commas).
• Ensure that the balance of all formats (i.e. incl. EDP Format) does not exceed
1000 digits.
• For editing inputs, observe the instructions given at Item 3.5.2 'Data
Input/Output'.

For details on codes used, see Code Table.

Additional Texts

If you need more form text, simply add additional text to form format. Position text
between two commas (max. 20 digits between 2 commas).
Example: You wish to print text "SCHENCK scale with DISOMAT". Coding in form
format is: 'SCHENCK scale, with DISOMAT' (see example below).
Attention: If the text between two commas exactly matches a code, this text, too, is
interpreted as code; this means that letter 'B' cannot be output alone being reserved
for a code symbol and interpreted as prompt for output of Gross weight. However, text
'Gross' can be output being interpreted now as text and not as code.

Operating Sequence

First go to input field and enter number of form format to be edited (admissible
values: 1 to 6), e.g.

462:Form Formats
Form Formats 1

Operate [ENTER] key, and input line displays current string. e.g.
462:Form Formats
Form1 P1,D,P10,U,P18,LN,P27,BZ,P40,B,T,N,F1

Change coding to your requirements and acknowledge with [ENTER] key. Selected
format is programmed.

Example
The 'Form1' sample shows how the change is effected.

'Form Format 1', e.g., creates the following printout


11.01.00 12:30 1234 DA-RC 30 123,45kg G 67,89kg T
55,56kg Net
and consists of code: P1,D,P10,U,P18,LN,P27,BZ,P40,B,T,N,F1

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 70 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

Code elements are defined as under:


Code Meaning Example
P1 Go to column 1
D Output current date 11.01.00
P10 Go to column 10
U Output current time 12:30
P18 Go to column 18
LN Output consecutive number of weighing 1234
P27 Go to column 27
BZ Output (entered) string DA-RC 30
P40 Go to column 40
B Output Gross weight 123.45kg G
T Output Tare weight 67.89kg T
N Output Net weight 55.56kg Net
F1 1 * page feed

You wish to change format such that

• additional text 'SCHENCK scale with DISOMAT' appears in first line left-flush
• tare value is no longer output.

Printout is to look like thus:


SCHENCK scale with DISOMAT
<Blank>
11.01.00 12:30 1234 DA-RC 30 123.45kg G 55.56kg Net
Relevant code is constructed as follows (changes are boldface printed):
SCHENCK scale, with DISOMAT,Y2,P1,D,U,LN,P27,BZ,P40,B,N,F1

Code Table
Code Description

A1 ... A20 Axle weights of axle load measurement


B Output current Gross weight OR first Gross weight used subjected to
format change
B2 Output "B2" or print second Gross weight subjected to format change
BAV Batch Act. value 1st batching
BAV2 Batch Act. value 2nd batching
BRV Batch Resid. value 1st batching
BRV2 Batch Resid. value 2nd batching
BI Output balance total ( = total of 10 material balances); printer output, e.g.
12345,67kg SU;
BIn Output material balance; n = 1 ... 10;
BZ Output string as entered (max. 25 characters) or as transmitted (max. 40
characters);
BZn Output entered string, or transmit; n = 1 ... 5 (BZ1 max. 25 characters)

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 71 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

Code Description
Cn Output ASCII character to printer; n = 1 ... 255 (decimal);
e.g. C65 = 'A'; also for transfer of control characters to printer, e.g. C7 =
BELL;
D Output current date; printer output, e.g. 31.01.00;
D4 Output current date as per new standard, e.g. 2000-01-31;
DG Output current material flow value dW/dt;
Fn Output <n> page feeds on printer; n = 1 ... 99;
LN Output consecutive number of weighing
Mn Add printer pattern variable <n> to current print pattern, i.e. if the last print
pattern variable in Print Pattern 3 is M4, printout continues using Print
Pattern 4. For printout, Print Patterns 3 and 4 form a unit, e.g. "Print
Repeat" operates as expected.
N Output current Net weight value OR first Net weight subjected to format
change.
In certified applications, permitted only in conjunction with G and T
N2 Output "N2" OR printout of second Net weight subjected to format change.
NE With tared scale: Output current Net weight OR first Net weight subjected
to format change.
With non-tared scale: Output current Gross weight OR first Gross weight
subjected to format change.
NOTE: With certified scales, always use NE.
NE2 With tared scale: Output "NE2" OR second Net weight subjected to
format change.
With non-tared scale: Output "NE2" OR second Gross weight subjected
to format change.
NOTE: With certified scales, always use NE.
_n Create <n> blanks between single outputs;
_ = blank; n = 1 ... 99;
If no '_n' is entered between single codes, 1 blank is always output.
Pn Set absolute column position for next printout; n = 1 ... 132;
RG Output current weighing range number: 1, 2 or 3
Rn Repeat preceding character n times; n = 1 ... 99;
e.g.: ,-,R7 repeats character '-' seven times ==> Printer output: -------
RD Output date when first weight transferred to format conversion has been
recorded (acquired by scale), e.g. weight stored in vehicle first weighing
file.
RD2 Output date when second weight transferred to format conversion has
been recorded (acquired by scale).
RDI 'Registration Date International'
Output registration date formattet as YYYY-MM-DD
RU Output time when first weight transferred to format conversion has been
recorded.
RU2 Output time when second weight transferred to format conversion has
been recorded
S Output setpoint
SC Output number of dumps
SNR Output material number
SNR2 Sort number 2nd batching

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 72 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

Code Description
Sn Output form text (entered at item '461:Form Texts');
n = 1 ... 3;
SP2 Setpoint 2nd batching

T Output current Tare weight value; printer output, e.g.: 123.45kg T;


U Output current time, e.g.: 23:59
Yn Output <n> line feeds on printer; n = 1 ... 99;
Y2, e.g., creates 2 line feeds.
Addition of ":d" to the code variable (e.g. BZ:4) limits the output to the left "d" digits of
the variable contents.
":d" has NO influence on code variables B, T, N, NE and LN relevant for certified
applications.

5.3.1.3 Fct. 463:Page header format


Use menu item to match current page header format.

ATTENTION: Function '469:Load Default Text' replaces your changes by the


default settings.

After form feed, a page header is output on printer on top of every page. This is of
advantage if your printout covers more than one page.

A new page starts if

• function '34:New Page' is executed via menu tree


• code 'Fn' is output via form format
• internal line counter set by parameter 'Page Lines' has reached set value
(see function '4333:Printer').

Line counter is reset to value '1'.

Operating Sequence

After start of function, input field for presetting of header text format for output in list
form opens:

463:Page Header Format


Page Header Format Y5,P1,S1,P27,S2,P40,S3,Y2___

You can use the formatting codes described with function '462:Form Formats'.

Example: See function '468:Load Default Form'.

5.3.1.4 Fct. 464:String names


In normal mode, the operator can use function '2:Enter String'' to enter data for max. 5
strings. These data appear on printout in place of code 'BZ' or 'BZn' (with n=1...5). To
protect formatting from inappropriate operator input, limit input length and inform the
operator about the desired contents by a suitable hint.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 73 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

Enter here

• maximum number of input digits (boundary condition 1)


• input hint for the operator (boundary condition 2).

Operating Sequence

Since 5 different strings can be used in DISOMAT, first enter number of string whose
boundary conditions you wish to set (admissible values: 1 to 5):

464:String names
String Number 1

Press [ENTER] to open the input fields for boundary condition:


464:String Name
Length 12
Prompt Kunde
If need be, change admissible length (e.g. to 12 digits). Operate (ENTER] key to go to
second boundary condition input field.
If need be, edit hint as desired (e.g. 'Customer:'). This string may have max. 11 digits.
Added automatically, a blank at the end needs not be considered.

Follow these steps for input of residual string numbers.


Acquire changes with [OK] key.

Example:
You wish the operator to receive the input prompt 'Material:' and know that maximum
two digits can be entered. Determine:

• Length: 2
• Input hint: 'Material:'

Upon string input, the operator receives the display below and can enter maximum
two digits: 'Material: __'.

5.3.1.5 Fct. 465:EDP-format


Use menu item to determine the weigh data to be transferred to user's EDP system.

The string format consists of a fixed and a variable component. Format variable part
using this function. Use the symbolic names used for form formatting. However,
separate single format variables by '#' or a blank.

For so-called fixed format codes, see 'Data Communication Manual (BV-
H2359), Chapter 'EDP Communication', "DR" command.

ATTENTION: Reset so-called variable format codes to default values


using function '468:Load Default Form'.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 74 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

Operating Sequence

The input field shows the format string currently stored, e.g.
465:EDP-Format
EDP-Format D4,#,U,#,LN,#,NE

If need be, change format and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

Example:

If you use the above EDP format, string is output in the following format:
01#DR#1#0#C0#2000-01-11#10:58#17#123,45kg Net
¦-- Fixed ---¦---------- Variable ------------¦

5.3.1.6 Fct. 466:L.f.T. format


The legal-for-trade memory format determines the information per input to be stored in
legal-for-trade memory. The format consists of a fixed and a variable part.

a) The fixed element comprises:

• Date
• Time
• Consecutive number
• Scale status (3 digits) *)
• Gross or Net
• Tare

*)
Scale status shows:
digit no. contents/meaning
<empty>
1 S on 'No-motion'
<empty>
N on 'Exactly Zero'
2 O on 'Overflow'
U on 'Underflow'
<empty> on standard scales
1 = -| range code on
3 2 = |- multi-range or
3 = -| multi-divisional scales

b) Use function to determine the variable elements thus defining the additional
information to be stored per input. To do so, use the rules and codes for form
formatting (see '462:Form Formats').

Operating Sequence

Input field displays (default) format string:


466:L.f.T. Format
L.f.T. Format BZ____________________
In addition, the first string (code BZ = BZ1) is stored in legal-for-trade memory.

Change format and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 75 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

5.3.1.7 Fct. 467:Consecutive number


'Consecutive number' increments by 1 after every printout performed automatically or
manually, via keyboard or menu tree.
Use menu item to reset the 'Consecutive number' to '0'.
Due to compatibility with earlier versions the consecutive number may be configured
to '4-digits' only. In this case the number starts again at 1 after 9999.

NOTE: There is no relation between parameters 'Consecutive number' of weighing


and 'Max. Balance/Dumps'.

Operating Sequence

After start of function, system outputs the following prompts:

467:Consecutive number
Reset No
Cons. no. with 4 digits No
Select an acknowledge with [OK] key.

5.3.1.8 Fct. 468:Load default form


Use menu item to load the default settings for six form formats, page header and
EDP format.

Default settings overwrite any previous change.

Operating Sequence

After start of function, system outputs the following safety prompt:


468:Load Default Form
Acknowledge Yes__
Acknowledge with [ENTER] key or select 'No'.

Default Formats
(a) Format 1: (Edit using function '462:Form Formats => 1')
Code: P1,D,P10,U,P18,LN,P27,BZ,P40,B,T,N,F1
Variables contents are formatted as follows:

Formatting Instruction Variable Code Variable Name


Column=1 D Date
Column=10 U Time
Column=18 LN Consecutive number of weighing
Column=27 BZ String
Column=40 B GROSS weight
T TARE weight
N NET weight
1 * page feed

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 76 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

Print Sample:
11.01.00 12:30 1234 DA-RC 30 123,45kg G 67,89kg T 55,56kg Net

(b) Format 2: (Edit using function '462:Form Formats => 2')


Code: P1,D,P10,U,P18,LN,P27,BZ,P40,NE,Y1
Current variables contents are formatted as follows:
Formatting Instruction Variable Code Variable Name
Column=1 D Date
Column=10 U Time
Column=18 LN Consecutive number of weighing
Column=27 BZ String
Column=40 NE Net weight (Net) with tared scale;
Gross weight (G) with non-tared scale
1 * line feed

Print Sample:
11.01.00 12:30 1234 DA-RC 30 55,56kg Net
<Blank>
or
11.01.00 12:30 1234 DA-RC 30 123,45kg G
<Blank>

(c) Format 3: (Edit using function '462:Form Formats => 3')


Code: P1,D,P10,U,P40,BI,F1
Current variables contents are formatted as follows:
Formatting Instruction Variable Code Variable Name
Column=1 D Date
Column=10 U Time
Column=40 BI Balance total
1 * page feed

Print Sample:
11.01.00 12:30 567,89kg SU

(d) Formats 4, 5, 6:
Code: PRINTFORMAT, NOT YET, SET,Y1
Print Sample:

PRINTFORMAT NOT YET SET ⊗

⊗ Information that this print format has not yet been set.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 77 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

(e) Page header format: (Edit using function '463:Page Header Format')
Code: Y5,P1,S1,P27,S2,P40,S3,Y2
Current variables contents are formatted as follows:
Formatting Instruction Variable Code Variable Name Variable Contents
5 * line feed
Column=1 S1 Form text 1 Date Time Cons.No.
Column=27 S2 Form text 2 Vehicle No.
Column=40 S3 Form text 3 Weight
2 * line feed

Print Sample:
<Blank>
<Blank>
<Blank>
<Blank>
<Blank>
Date Time Cons.No. Veh.No. Weight
<Blank>
<Blank>

(f) EDP Format: (Edit using function '465:EDP Format')


Code: D, 1,U, 1,LN, 1,NE or D,#,U,#,LN,#,NE,#
Current variables contents are formatted as follows (separated by '#' or 1 blank):

Variable Code Variable Name


D Date
U Time
LN Consecutive number of weighing
NE Net weight (Net) with tared scale;
Gross weight (G) with non-tared scale

Sample output:
11.01.00#12:30#1234#55,56kg Net
or
11.01.00#12:30#1234#123,45kg G

5.3.1.9 Fct. 469:Load default text


Use menu item to load the 3 default form texts (see Codes S1 ... S3).

Default texts overwrite any previous change.

Operating Sequence

After start of function, the following safety prompt is output:

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 78 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

469:Load Default Text


Acknowledge Yes__
Acknowledge with [ENTER] key or select 'No'.

Default Texts

Default Text 1: (Edit using function '461:Form Texts => 1')


Default: Date____Time____#

Default Text 2: (Edit using function '461:Form Texts => 2')


Default: Truck

Default Text 3: (Edit using function '461:Form Texts => 3')


Default: Weight

5.3.2 Fct. 47:MATERIALS


In extended daily operation, you sometimes use the '6:Display Balance' function.

Use menu items below to preset some data, i.e.

• Limit of balance total


• Maximum number of dumps
• Reset balance memory.

5.3.2.1 Fct. 471:Max. Balance/Dumps


Enter balance and dumps total limit values:
471:Max. Balance/Dumps
Balance 5000000,0kg
Dumps 10000

Change the Balance max. value and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.
Change the Dumps max. value and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.
Finish the function by acknowledge with [OK] key.

These maximum values impact the analog outputs of function blocks "Balance'
and 'Dump'. They determine upon which values the function block outputs
reach their maximum value (10000 internally).

5.3.2.2 Fct. 472:Clear balance


Reset balance memory using function
472:MATERIALS
Clear balance

Operate [ENTER] key and acknowledge explicitly:


472:Clear balance
Acknowledge Yes__
Use DIRECTION KEYS to select 'Yes' or 'No' and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 79 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

5.3.2.3 Fct. 473:Material data


This function characterizes up to 10 sorts. A data set can be stored for each sort that
contains the following parameters.

This data is used to parameterize metering scales:

• 'Filling scale' (Item 6.1)


• 'Discharge scale' (Item 6.2) .

Parameter descriptions can be found in the section 'Parameterization' under 'A.


Sort parameters'.

An input field appears upon starting:


473:Material data
Material 1
Enter the number of the sort which you wish to parameterize (permissible values: 1 -
10) (e.g. Sort=8), and acknowledge with the [ENTER] key.

Input fields for the following parameters now appear (select the parameter using the
[ENTER] key):
Parameter
Material data 8/1
Max fill level 0.000kg
Min fill level 0.000kg
Prefill value 0.000kg
Pre contact 0.000kg
Main Contact 0.000kg
PLUS Tolerance 0.000kg
MINUS Tolerance 0.000kg
Optimization factor 0.00
Postfil.pulse length 0.0s
Maximum feed time 0.0s
Max refil/disch time 0.0s
Enter the desired values and acknowledge with the [OK] key.

More input fields appear for the following parameters:


Parameter
Material data 8/3
Full 0.00%
Time Ramp 0.0s
Dribble 0.00%
Post filling 0.00%
Enter the desired values and acknowledge with the [OK] key. The operation is
complete.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 80 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

5.3.3 Fct. 48:Fixed tare input


During a weighing you will occasionally use the 8:Select fixed tare' function. In order
that you can select values, these must have been entered previously.

This can be done as described below. You may store up to 9 different values for fixed
tare.

Operating Sequence

Once the function has been called up the values corresponding to the first 6
parameters will be displayed (part 1), e.g.:
48:Fixed tare input
Fix1 0.0kg
Fix2 0.0kg
Fix3 0.0kg
Fix4 0.0kg
Fix5 0.0kg
Fix6 0.0kg
The parameters Fix7 to Fix9 (part 2) will be displayed separately.

To select a particular parameter, press the [ENTER] key (forwards) or the [SHIFT] +
[ENTER] keys (backwards) until the desired parameter has been reached.
To change a parameter, enter the desired value and press the [ENTER] key.
Continue in this manner for parameters 'Fix1' to 'Fix9'.
Acquire the data and exit the function with the [OK] key.

5.3.4 Fct. 5b:DIAGNOSIS


See 'Kundendiensthandbuch - Diagnosen am DISOMAT' (BV-H2280, German only)

5.3.5 Fct. 5d:Activate Disoplan interface

• This function lets you activate the Service/DISOPLAN interface on general


interface S1. If another function is already active on this interface, e.g. printer
output, the interface is removed from the corresponding system section.

• Function activated, DISOPLAN can configure your system using the interface.

• For interface S1 to return to general system mode, reset device (power off
/on)!

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 81 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Parameter Password

5.3.6 Fct. 5e:Option Management


Any options you may have acquired for which a fee was payable will already be
activated. You can activate any options purchased subsequently in the option
management menu.
This item on the menu shows all of the options for the unit that have been activated
and that match the software. This enables you to read out the options keyed in, for
instance before changing versions.
Operating Sequence:
Enter an appropriate password (e.g. parameter password) and start the following
functions:
5e:SERVICE
Option Management

The following is displayed, e.g.:


5e:Option Management
Device-ID 00:15:84:01:00:fc
ZEUS 0
COLLECTIVE LOAD MEMORY 0
Ethernet/IP 0

A. Request Activation Code

• Make a note of the device ID.


• Contact your supplier or our sales department. They will give you the relevant
activation code for the option you desire.

B. Enter Activation Code

• Press the [ENTER] key to select the option (e.g. ZEUS).


• Enter the activation code.
• Terminate the function with [OK].

The option you selected is now available.


You can deactivate options by keying in 0.
You can use the pseudo-option code '88888' to temporarily activate an option.
This option is active for 168 hours (7 days) after keying in 88888 and confirming
with OK. The temporarily activated option is shown with a negative number
when calling up option administration again. It gives the remaining running time
in seconds. The counter only runs when the option is temporarily active. Each
option has its own counter. The counter cannot be reset, not even by activating
"factory settings".

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 82 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

5.4 Setting Using Configuration Password


After input of the Configuration Password, you can access

• 'Basic functionality' (see Item 4.2)


• Functions accessible with Parameter Password (see Item 5.3)
• Additional functions described below (see Table, Fig.).

Menu Items Comments


3a:Basic initialising send initialising sequence to connected printer;
see item 4.2.3 'Fct. 3:PRINT'
42:FUNCTION VARIANT
421:Parameter Editing of function blocks parameters.
422:Maximum dW/dt
423:Load variant Load predefined variant with parameters.
43:PERIPHERALS Peripherals settings:
431:National language support - Select dialog language
432:Interfaces - Configure interfaces
- Acknowledge event messages
- Calibrate analog outputs and inputs
433:COMMUNICATION - Select control station
4331:Edp - IP
4332:DISONET - Bluetooth communication
43321:Disonet mode Settings for communication via:
43322:Slavelist - EDP
43323:Routing table - DISONET
4333:Printer - Printer
4334:2nd display - Secondary Display
4335:Fieldbus - Fieldbus
4336:IO-EXTENSION Configuration of external I/O modules
43361:ICP-Module list Card reader
43362:Address setup
43363:ICP-Analog input filter
4337:Card reader

434:Event classes
435:Calibrate analog in-/output
436:Terminal
437:IP Configuration
438:Bluetooth
439:Output configuration

44:Scale This menu comprises all scale calibration functions.


441:Calibration parameters The functions on the left can be reached after input of
442:Special scales configuration password (without 445:CALIBRATION).
443:Configure l.f.t. memory With functions 441, 442 and 443 you can read only;
444:Scale parameters with 444, also write. After input of calibration
446:Select scale password, you can access all functions.

447:DISOBOX NOTE: For details, see Item 5.5 (Setting Using


4471:Configuration Calibration Password).
4472:Channel
4473:Switching filter
4474:Address setup

448:Meas.input configuration
449:Band rejection

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 83 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

Additional Menu Items With Configuration Password


(see item 5.1.1)

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 84 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

5.4.1 Fct. 42:FUNCTION VARIANT


The preferred form of function blocks in DISOMAT Tersus is that of predefined and
easily-parameterized 'Function Variants'.

These configurations can be modified at any time with the same flexibility
as the function blocks.
See chapter Setting Using Calibration Password --> item 'Fct. 424:Edit'.

5.4.1.1 Fct. 421:Parameter


This menu item is used to set the parameters for the function variant previously
selected in the menu item '423:Load variant'.

The parameters are described in detail with the corresponding function variant
in chapter 6, section 'Parameters'.

If any particular variant contains no parameters, the function is not pertinent


and the message 'Not available' will appear.

Operating Sequence
(Example of parameter setting using Discharge scale)
Use the ARROW KEYS in the menu tree to navigate to the function
421:FUNCTION VARIANT
Parameter

and start with the [ENTER] key.


Once the function is started a group appears with the following input fields:
D-Feed
Optimization No | Yes
No-motion time 0.0s
Delay time 0.0s
Scale used Scale 1 | Scale 2 |
Displayed Scale
Settling time 0.0s
Auto Refill Off (*)
(*) Options:

• Off
• BEFORE start+ManEnable
• BEFORE start+AutmEnable
• AFTER end
• Multiple+ManEnable
• Multiple+AutmEnable

To select a particular parameter, press the [ENTER] key (forwards) or the [SHIFT] +
[ENTER] keys (backwards) until the desired parameter has been reached.
To change a paramter, enter or select the desired value and press the [ENTER] key.
Complete the operation on this group with the [OK] key.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 85 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

Continue in this manner until all groups with input fields have been dealt with.
Finally, the data entered are stored automatically.

5.4.1.2 Fct. 422:Maximum dW/dt


Function block 'dW/dt' in function block group 'INT-IN' supplies information on scale
flow rate (including sign). Material flow value is output in percent of maximum 'dW/dt'.
In case of weight increase, 'dW/dt' is positive; in case of weight decrease, negative.
For correct functioning of this function block, enter maximum 'dW/dt' value.

Operating Sequence

fter start of function, input field opens:


422:Maximum dW/dt
Max. dW/dt [act.dim./s] 1,00000

Enter value and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

5.4.1.3 Fct. 423:Load variant


Use menu item to load a function variant with pre-defined function block parameters.

By default you have the following selection:


Cargo scale 1)
Crane scale 1)
Filling scale 1)
Discharge scale 1)
Truck scale ZEUS (optional) 1)
Collective load (optional) 1)
Empty 2)
Loaded variant bzw.<Name DISOPLAN-Variante> 3)
Changed 4)

1)
Selecting one of the pre-installed variants. Options are published in this list only
after activating.
The functionality and paramterization of the Cargo scale, Crane scale, Filling scale,
Discharge scale and Truck scale are described in detail in Chapter 6.

2)
Selecting an 'empty' variant with no function as a basis for a new function-block link.
This function is useful if you wish to enter a completely new function-block link.

3)
This method activates an additional function variant which was defined using the
DISOPLAN configuration program and then loaded into the device. If a variant of
this type is available, the name of the variant appears here. The display '-> Loaded
variant' means that as yet no DISOPLAN function has been loaded.

4)
For internal use only. Requires Service Password.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 86 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

After loading a variant, parameters should be adjusted by menu item


'421:Parameter'.

Normally, this function is performed when the scales are commissioned.


The device is operable to a limited extent only once this operation is
performed; the variant-parameters must yet be entered and stored.

Note:
The pre-installed variants are designed for a '1 Channel DISOMAT Tersus'.
Variants designed specially for a '2 Channel DISOMAT Tersus' can be
loaded using DISOPLAN.

Operating Sequence

Use DIRECTION KEYS to go to menu item


423:FUNCTION VARIANT
Load variant
and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

A scroll field opens for selecting the desired scale, e.g.:


423:Load variant
Filling scale

This function informs you, which variant has been loaded.

Use DIRECTION KEYS to select a variant and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

While loading (approx. 3 s) a message is shown:


423:Load variant
Function active

At the end the function is closed.

5.4.2 Fct. 43:PERIPHERALS


This item includes information on

• Configuration of national settings (e.g. dialog language), serial interfaces (for


EDP, Disonet, printer, secondary display and fieldbus) and control station
• Event classes
• Analog inputs/outputs calibration.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 87 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

5.4.2.1 Fct. 431:National language support


Use function to enter national settings on dialog language, character set, external
keyboard and decimal sign, one after the other.

After exit of function, changes are effective; further functions are used in the newly
selected environment.

Operating Sequence

After call of function, a number of scroll fields appears, for you to select the desired
settings:
431:National language support
Language German
Character set West european
Keyboard German
Decimal point Comma (,)

Language:
On standard, DISOMAT comes with English dialog language. Further languages are
available and a second language can be loaded using the DISOPLAN software
(German is loaded ex works). Using this function, you can change over from first to
second language and vice versa, i.e. you can select between 'German', 'English' and
'Loaded language'.

Character set:
Select between 'West european', 'East european' and 'Cyrillic'.

Keyboard:
Select keyboards with 'German', 'US-English', 'French', 'Czech', 'Polish',
'Hungarian', 'Russian' and 'spain' labellings.

Decimal point: (for representation of numbers)


Select between 'Comma (,)' and 'Dot (.)'.
Operate [OK] key to acquire inputs.
You can additionally activate automatic shift from summer to winter time.
431:National language support
Autom. shift to Dayl.Sav.Time Yes

5.4.2.2 Fct. 432:Interfaces


This menu item lets you configure the 'serial interfaces'.
All you have to do is configure a interface used.

Operating Sequence
Start function and select interface whose parameters are to be set (all settings can be
selected in scroll fields):
432:Interfaces
Interface S1

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 88 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

There are the following possibilities:

A) S1: physical interfaces;


S2: (on DISOMAT system board)
S3:
S4: (If option card VSS8020 is installed).

B) NW1: virtual interfaces;


NW2: NetWork Ports (UDP/IP)

A) Physical interfaces S1, S2, S3, S4


After selection of an interface and pressing [ENTER] key you have to select the
physical-electrical type of this interface (not S3):

(all settings are made by scrolling fields)


432:Interfaces
Physics RS232
Baud rate 9600
Handshake Off
Data 8bit no
Stop bits 1

Physics: (S1, S2, S4)


There are the following possibilities:

RS232 Asynch
Full duplex;
Not bus-compatible
RS485 2-wire Symmetric;
Half duplex
Bus-compatible
RS485 4-wire Symmetric;
Full duplex;
Bus-compatible
RS422 Like RS485 4-wire,
however, not bus-compatible

Repeated operation of [ENTER] key lets you select interface transmission


parameter settings.
Enter and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

Editing Baud rate: (data rate)


You have the following options:

S1, S2, S3: 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115kBd
S4: 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 - -

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 89 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

Editing Handshake:
Off='Handshake' has to be set for this interface when connecting a data
processing system.
For settings of connected devices, please see relevant device information.
Select between: 'Off' and 'On'.

Editing Data:
To determine number of data bits and type of parity check, there are the following
possibilities:

8bit no Data bits: 8; parity: No


8bit even Data bits: 8; parity: Even
7bit even Data bits: 7; parity: Even
8bit odd Data bits: 8; parity: Odd
7bit odd Data bits: 7; parity: Odd

Editing Stop bits:


Select between: '1' and '2'.

Acknowledge with [OK] key to exit function. Selected interface is configured.

B) Virtual Interfaces NW1, NW2


The DISOMAT can use the IP-based protocol UDP to communicate. The User
Datagram Protocol gives you a mechanism for communicating without connections.
UDP lets you send a datagram to an application process on a different computer and
the application process is identified by a Port number.

The virtual interfaces are available for the functions:


'4331:Edp',
'43321:Disonet mode',
'4334:2nd display',
'436:Terminal'.

An NWx network port is selected for configuration instead of an Sx serial interface:


NW1: opens UDP Port 350
NW2: opens UDP Port 351
External programs can use these ports to transfer datagrams to DISOMAT that
preferably have an entire Data Processing Unit (ACK, NAK or telegram).
You only have to set two parameters after pressing the [ENTER] button.
432:Interfaces
Remote IP Address 0.0.0.0
Local-/Remote Port 1700

Editing 'Remote IP Address' :


This address defines what server IP address active outputs are sent to. When the first
datagram of a remote terminal is received, DISOMAT switches the UDP port to the

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 90 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

'connected' mode. In other words, starting now it only accepts datagrams from the
remote terminal that sent the datagram and only replies to this remote terminal. The
'connected' mode ends 45 seconds after receipt of the last message from the remote
terminal. After this, DISOMAT accepts datagrams from all remote terminals again.
The 'broadcast address' of the own subnetwork is entered into the master here. The
broadcast address has a value of 255 where the subnet mask has a value of 0 and the
values of the own IP address where the subnet mask has a value of 255.

Example 1: Own IP Address 192,168,240.

Network mask 255.255.255.0

Broadcast address 192.168.240.255 = Remote IP Addess

Example 2: Own IP Address 192.172.250.10

Network mask 255.255.0.0

Broadcast address 192.172.255.255 = Remote IP Address

For slave or mirror Remote IP Address remains 0.0.0.0.

Editing 'Local-/Remote Port' :


The presetting for this parameter is 350 for NW1 and 351 for NW2. Different values
should be entered for these settings on all devices that use this interface for the
DISONET to avoid disturbing any other existing network connections. We recommend
1700 for DISONET. The parameter must be the same for master, slave and mirror.

5.4.2.3 Fct. 433:COMMUNICATION


This menu offers the functions for setting communication with external devices.

5.4.2.3.1 Fct. 4331:Edp


Use menu item to physically assign the DP interface to one of the existing interface
outputs (S1 to S4, NW1 to NW2).

NOTE: In addition, configure interface using menu item '432:Interfaces'.

You can link DP interface to one of the existing interface outputs, or cut off.

If interface assignment produces a conflict with printer or secondary display,


system outputs an event message, e.g. 'M3406:Device already open'. If this
is the case, use option card VSS8020 (if you need more than two interfaces)
or set the assignment of printer / secondary display to your interfaces to 'Off'
using this card.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 91 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

Before using function, set the following parameters:


Parameter Enter / Select Default
Scale no. 0 ... 255, with 0
Determines DISOMAT logical
address; must always be included in 0 ... 99 with SCHENCK Standard
message header (also if DISOMAT Protocol (DDP8672) and 3964R
operates out of network). Protocol;
The set scale number always 0 ... 255 with S5/Teleperm M and J-
addresses the selected scale. Bus
The following 3 addresses are used
to address Scale 1, Scale 2 and
Twin-unit.

1-channel variant: There is always


one (1) address.
2-channel variant: There are
ALWAYS four (4) addresses!
EDP Interface Off Off
Physically assigns DP interface to S1: On DISOMAT System Board
available interface outputs. S2: do.
If no DP system is connected, select S3: do.
'Off'. S4: Only with option card VSS8020
installed
NW1: Virtual interface 1
NW2: Virtual interface 2
Protocol 3964R (Siemens) 3964R
Determines the DP protocol to be S5 (for Siemens SPS S5)
used for communication. DDP8672 (e.g. for connection of a
legal-for-trade PC)
Mod-Bus *)
DDP8785
DDP8672_MS
MINPROZ
M1 **)
M2M3_AdrBcc **)
M2M3_Adr **)
M2M3_Bcc **)
M2M3 **)
DDP8552 **)
Data Block (data block address) 0 ... 255 0
Input is required only if a SIMATIC
S5 is connected. S5 enters data sent
from DISOMAT direct into data block.
Decimal point Comma (,) Comma
Determines decimal sign used in Dot (.) (,)
messages in case of floating points Unspec.(?)
numbers.
Encoded Yes No
via service password only No
Compatible Tersus Tersus
This defines how the unit should Bplus
behave when coupling the data
processing unit. Selecting Bplus
means the content of the telegram is
as with DISOMAT® B plus.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 92 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

Parameter Enter / Select Default


**)
Priority Yes No
This parameter only affects No
procedures '3964R' and 'S5'.

*) Please note: Interfacing via Modbus can alternatively be set using function
'4335:Fieldbus' (look there). For more information, see 'Data Communication Manual'
(BV-H2359).
**)
With loaded SMALL software only

Operating Sequence
After function start you see the 'Edp' input list:

If extension software (SMALL) is used, you'll see the two input lists 'Edp 1'
and 'Edp 2'.

Edp
Scale no. 0
EDP Interface Off
Protocol 3964R
Data Block 0
Decimal point Dot (.)
Encoded No
Compatible Tersus
Priority No

Enter parameters with respect to above table.

• Set scale number.


• Select one of the existing interfaces as DP interface.
• Select a procedure for this interface.
• Set data block if required.
• Set decimal sign.
• Encoding if needed.
• Elect compatibility to system part.

Operate [OK] key and exit function.


DP interface now is configured.

5.4.2.3.2 Fct. 4332:DISONET


This menu item lets you find the functions you need for setting the DISONET network.

5.4.2.3.2.1 Fct. 43321:Disonet mode


This menu item lets you determine the interface and the network location of the
device. After start of function the following input fields appear:

43321:Disonet mode
Interface Off
Net position Master

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 93 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

Input field Selection


Interface: There are the following possibilities:
A) Off:
S1: physical interfaces;
S2: (on DISOMAT main board)
S4: (If option card VSS8020 is installed).

B) NW1: virtual interfaces;


*)
NW2: NetWork Ports (UDP/IP)

*)
DISONET can be operated via Ethernet (DNoE), i.e. a DISOBOX
or a VOP operating console can be connected to the master
across a network. A point-to-point connection is made using a
CrossOver cable or, with several devices, an external switch /
external network. DISONET is then run via the network interfaces
NW1 or NW2. One of these must be selected.
Note: The parameters 'Remote IP Address' and 'Local/Remote
Port' must be set in the menu item '432:Interfaces' (NW1 or
NW2).

Net position: Position in network:


Master
Slave 1
Slave 2
Master-Mirror
Slave 1-Mirror
Slave 2-Mirror
Ensure that all devices have different locations in the DISONET
network.
Exit function with [OK] key.

5.4.2.3.2.2 Fct. 43322:Slavelist


This menu item is available only on the device with the "Master" network location. The
following input fields appear:
43322:Slavelist
Slave 1 No
Slave 2 No
Master-Mirror No
Slave 1-Mirror No
Slave 2-Mirror No
Timeout 0,0s

Enter 'No' or 'Yes'.


After input of 'Yes', DISONET Master scans the device with the same-name network
location.
For DISONET to be operable, confirm at least one prompt with 'Yes'.
The Timeout parameter is required if a bluetooth or a wireless connection is to be
made to a DISOMAT mirror or a DISOBOX.

Set date and time on any network station, and these data will be updated on
all other stations.

Exit function with [OK] key.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 94 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

5.4.2.3.2.3 Fct. 43323:Routing table


This menu item lets you determine where DISOMAT units/functions shall be
addressed in DISONET. This setting addresses units/functions of the local DISOMAT.
The following input fields appear:
43323:Routing table
Printer Local
Interface 1 Local
Edp 1 Local
Interface 2 Local
Edp 2 Local
VMM20450 Local
VMM20451 Local

Select the network locations for the following functions:


Input field Selection

Printer "Send printouts to...."


(*) Local, Slave 1, Slave 2,Master-Mirror, Slave 1-Mirror, Slave 2-Mirror,
Master

Interface 1 Send active DISOMAT DP messages to...


(*) same selection

Edp 1 Send incoming DP messages from an external DP to...


(*) same selection

Interface 2 ditto:
(*) same selection

Edp 2 ditto:
(*) same selection

VMM20450 Store device data in (local) legal-for-trade memory no. ...


Local, Slave 1, Slave 2, Master

VMM20451 Store SMALL files in ....


(*) same selection
Exit function with [OK] key.

5.4.2.3.3 Fct. 4333:Printer


Use menu item to determine the physical assignment of printer interface to the
available interface outputs (S1 to S4, USB) as well as the type of printer (local or
remote).

In addition, configure interface as such using menu item '432:Interfaces'.

If you wish to connect DP and secondary display, set Printer device to 'Off',
or use option card VSS8020.

ATTENTION: If interface assignment produces a conflict, system outputs an


event message.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 95 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

Printers:

Local printer Output data to be printed.


No data transmission and printer monitoring.

Rem. printer Transfer data using secured protocol and monitored printer. Specially
designed for certified applications where printout cannot be compared
to display. Only the genuine Schenck Process remote printers
DISOPRINT...F3 are suitable.

DP 10 Protocol-controlled transmission to DISOPRINT 10 or tally-tape printer.


With tally-tape printers, an ETX must follow after form feed (print
pattern formatting).

Operating Sequence

After start of function, system outputs some scroll fields:

4333:Printer
Printer device Off
Protocol Local printer
Lines on page 0
Print page header Yes
Recode special chars Yes
Codepage Disoplan
Compatible Tersus

Input field Selection

Printer device Selection of the interface for printer connection. There are the
following possibilities:
Off No printer connected

S1 S2, S3, S4, USB

Protocol Scroll field for printer selection appears. There are the
following possibilities:
Local printer See above
Rem. printer do.
DP 10

Lines on page Enter after how many lines a page feed is to be performed
automatically.

Print page header Determines the printout of page header.


If you have defined a page header using function '463:Page
header format', select from case to case whether this header
is to be printed, or not.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 96 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

Input field Selection

Recode special chars No


Yes
No, St.brackets
Yes,St.brackets
This scroll field lets you determine whether or not special
characters are to be converted and legal-for-trade brackets
be printed.
If the West European character set is used (see 'National
language support') and set to 'Yes', German umlauts in
control character sequences are converted so that the
umlauts are properly output on older matrix printers!
If an extension software (SMALL) is used,
legal-for-trade brackets are printed in any
system configured legal-for-trade. Among
others, these brackets will show you that the
weight has not been manipulated by the
extension software.

Codepage Disoplan
ISO 8859-5 (Cyrillic)
PC855 (Cyrillic)

Compatible Tersus
Bplus
This defines how the unit should behave when coupling the
data processing unit. Selecting Bplus means the content of
the telegram is as with DISOMAT® B plus.

Operate [OK] key to acquire settings, and printer is configured.

5.4.2.3.4 Fct. 4334:2nd display


Use menu item to determine type of secondary display and physical assignment of
secondary display interface to existing interface outputs (S1 to S4 and NW1, NW2).

NOTE: In addition, configure interface as such using menu item '432:Interfaces'.

If interface assignment produces a conflict, system outputs an event


message.

You can connect SCHENCK secondary displays of the DLZ, DTA, DLK, VLZ types.

For details on secondary displays, setting and connection to DISOMAT,


see 'Secondary Displays' manual (BV-H2015).

Operating Sequence

After start of function you can see the following input fields:
4334:2nd display
2nd display DTA
Interface Off

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 97 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

Input field Selection

2nd display Select for your secondary display. The possibilities are:
DTA, DDP8850, DDP8861
Type Model(s)

DTA DTAxxx, VLZ 20150, VLZ 20250

DLZ 60/110 and old DLZ displays, DLS 160-250 and


DDP8850
DLK 100-300

DDP8861 DLZ 055, DLZ 111

AN5316B

VAG 20200-
D

Interface Selection of interface to be used. The possibilities are:


Off, S1, S2, S3, S4 (if option card VSS8020 is present), NW1, NW2

Operate [OK] key to acquire settings, and secondary display including interface
assignment is configured.

5.4.2.3.5 Fct. 4335:Fieldbus


If your DISOMAT is connected to a Process Control System (PCS) via fieldbus, select
protocol to be used and set parameters accordingly using this function. This can be
done as described below.

Operating Sequence

After start of function the following input fields appear:


4335:Fieldbus
Protocol Off
Compatible Tersus

1. setting: 'Protocol'
Select procedure to be used. Select between:
Off | Profibus-VPB(2)8020 | Modbus | Modbus/TCP | DeviceNet-
VCB(2)8020 | EtherNet/IP
Acknowledge selection with [ENTER] key.

2. setting: 'Compatible'
Determination of device bus behaviour. Select between:
Tersus | Bplus
By selecting 'Bplus' device acts like a DISOMAT® B plus.
Acknowledge selection with [ENTER] key.
With Profibus the 'gsd file' of DISOMAT® B plus can be used further on (with
setting Compatible=Bplus).

To finish press [OK] key.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 98 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

For synchronization, DISOMAT performs a Restart if 'Profibus-VPB(2)8020', 'Modbus'


or 'DeviceNet-VCB(2)8020' has been selected.

Depending on selected procedure some parameters have to be edited:

a) Profibus-VPB(2)8020

Parameter Settings
Own address 63
Timeout 0,0s
Text block Off
4 bytes
20 bytes
Data format IEEE
Siemens-KG
ID number 0

b) Modbus

Parameter Settings
Own address 63
Timeout 0,0s
Interface Off
S1
S2
S3
S4 (Option card)
NW1
NW2
Swapping LITTLE Endian
Big Endian
BYTE Swap
WORD Swap
Reference value 4096
Maximum value 10000

c) Modbus/TCP

Parameter Settings
Timeout _10,0s

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 99 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

c) DeviceNet-VCB(2)8020

Parameter Settings
Own address 63
Timeout 0,0s
Baud rate 125kBd
250kBd
500kBd
Text block Off
4 bytes
20 bytes
Data format IEEE
Siemens-KG
Swapping LITTLE Endian
Big Endian
BYTE Swap
WORD Swap
ID number 0

d) EtherNet/IP

Parameter Settings
Timeout _10,0s
Text block Off
4 bytes
20 bytes
Swapping LITTLE Endian
Big Endian
BYTE Swap
WORD Swap
ID number 0
After parameter setting, acknowledge with [OK] key.

For details of procedures/parameters see 'Data Communication Manual'


(BVH2359).

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 100 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

5.4.2.3.6 Fct. 4336:IO-EXTENSION


The system's digital and analog outputs can be expanded with the use of external
modules (ICP Modules). Connect modules via serial interface and configure them
using the two functions below.

5.4.2.3.6.1 Fct. 43361:ICP-Module list


The sequential scroll fields let you determine serial interface used and connected
modules:

43361:ICP-Module list
Interface Off
ICP-Dig-IO@1 No
ICP-Dig-IO@2 No
ICP-AnaOut/Dig-IO@3 No
ICP-AnaIn/PT100@4 No

Interface:
Select from the following options:
'Off', 'S1', 'S2'
Note: Set interface parameters as follows:

Physics: RS485 2-wire

Baud rate: 9600

Handshake: Off

Data: 8bit no

Stop bits: 1

Acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

Modules:
Inform the system whether relevant module has been connected ('Yes') or not ('No').
Acknowledge always with [ENTER] key:

1st 'Digital-I/O' module


2nd 'Digital-I/O' module
'Analog OUT' / 'Digital -I/O' module
'Analog IN' / 'PT100' module

To finish press [OK] key.

5.4.2.3.6.2 Fct. 43362:Address setup


Lets you assign new address and standard configuration to I/O module.

The standard configuration determines

• 0-20 mA input/output range for analog modules, and


• check sum transmission for ALL modules.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 101 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

43362:IO-EXTENSION
Address setup

Initializing individual modules one by one:

1. Disconnect module.
2. Connect INIT* pin to ground.
3. Power module.
o Module responds to Address 0!
4. Call up function.
5. DISOMAT searches module under Address 0 and displays module type
found.
o With digital modules, you can enter new address (1, 2 or 3).
o With analog modules, addresses are permanently assigned and
simply displayed.
o If no module is found, DISOMAT returns to the 'Address setup' menu
item with no further output.
6. After acknowledgement of data, new address and standard configuration are
stored fail-safe in module.
7. Disconnect module.
8. Separate INIT* pin from ground.

Please strictly observe the instructions for ICP module cabling given in
'System Manual' BV-H2334!

5.4.2.3.6.3 Fct. 43363:ICP-Analog input filter

43363:ICP-Analog input filter


Size of filter 0,0s

Lets you activate mean value formation via set filter time.

5.4.2.3.7 Fct. 4337:Card reader


Use this menu item to configure a connected card reader.
After start of function the following input fields appear:
4337:Card reader
Interface Off
Protocol phg1685
Multiplexer No. 0
Terminal No. 0
Configuration No
LEGIC Licence 1C000802

Abfrage Auswahl / Eingabe


Interface: Off, S1, S2, S3, S4
Physical interface (on main board of the DISOMAT), at which the
card reader is attached.
Protocol: phg1685 phg1685 / Gantner phg_crypt phg_crypt / Gantner

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 102 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

Abfrage Auswahl / Eingabe


Multiplexer No.: 0
Terminal No.: 0
Cnfiguration: No | Yes

LEGIC Licence: 1C000802 | 2C9B0001 | 1C + 2C Mixed Mode

Exit function with [OK] key.

5.4.2.4 Fct. 434:Event classes


The DISOMAT display upper line (message area) outputs hints on events during
operation in turn with scale information.
Example: A0209:Powerfail
To enable an event occurring during operation to be judged by its importance, it is
assigned to an event class. The following classes have been defined: Message,
Warning, Alarm and Error.

If an event message is displayed, you will know its class by the first letter:
M = Message, W = Warning, A = Alarm, S = Severe Error.

For complete list of event messages and information on their construction,


see Chapter 7.

Using this function you can edit the event class for some events that may occur:
e.g.:
Event Message Default
Editable Event Class
W01XX:Timeout Warning
A02XX:Powerfail Alarm
A03XX:Restart Alarm
M06XX:No No-Motion Message
M07XX:Out of zeroing range Message
M08XX:Tare value too small Message
A20XX:Printer error Alarm
W21XX:Tare > Gross Warning
W22XX:External l.f.t. memory Warning
A23XX:Legal-for-trade memory FULL Alarm
W70XX:EDP error Warning
W42XX:Setpoint Warning
W43XX:Fill value too low Warning
W55XX:Contact check Warning
W40XX:Filling stopped Warning
W41XX:Feeding aborted Warning
W44XX:Excess feeding Warning

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 103 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

Event Message Default


Editable Event Class
W45XX:Out of tolerance Warning
W56XX:Scale not allowed Warning
W46XX:Weight invalid Warning
A48XX:Analog cable broken Alarm
M18XX:Balance or dumps over 95% Message
M52XX:Function not accessible Message
M53XX:Weighing aborted Message
A65XX:ICP-Communication error Alarm
W54XX:Empty check Warning

Operating Sequence

Start function to access the list of editable event messages (see Table above):
W01XX:Timeout
Event class Warning

The upper line shows the event message to be edited; the lower, a scroll field, for you
to select from possible event classes.

Operate [ENTER] key to go to the event message whose class you wish to change.
Use DIRECTION KEYS to select new event class and acknowledge with [ENTER]
key.

Next listed event is output. If no further editing is required, exit function with [OK] key.

New event class is displayed when the event reoccurs for the first time.

5.4.2.5 Fct. 435:Calibrate analog in-/output


This menu item is used to calibrate the analog inputs and outputs or to annul their
calibration (Reset).
This helps to match the analog signal range to the requirements of the matching
station.

The device must be equipped with the VEA 0450 option in order that the
inputs and outputs can be used. This is not a standard DISOMAT option.
The connection to the matching station is made with the XAE on the VFE
0450 circuit board (mainboard, see BVH2334 System Manual).

General Operating Sequence for Inputs and Outputs


First, an options menu appears first asking whether an input or an output is to be
calibrated:

435:Calibrate analog in-/output


Type Output

Select = 'Output' or 'Input' and acknowledge with the [ENTER] key.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 104 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

Then another field appears, asking which of the two inputs or outputs is to be
calibrated:
435:Calibrate analog in-/output
Number 1
Enter = '1' or '2' and acknowledge with the [ENTER] key.
A field then appears, in which a calibration range or the reset function is selected:
435:Calibrate analog in-/output
Range 0-20mA
Select = '0-20mA' or '4-20mA' or 'Reset' *).
The remainder of the sequence depends on whether an input or an output has been
selected.

*)
Selecting the Reset function will discard the calibration. This is necessary if, e.g.,

• the scales are producing implausible values (e.g. due to a previous calibration
fault) or
• if the VEA 0450 is replaced. After replacement a recalibration may be
necessary.

Calibrating an Output
An ammeter can be connected to the XAO port (VEA 0450) for calibration.
As analog signal, one of multiple value variables (weight, balance, ...) can be
selected.
The calibration function is used to read out the initial and terminal values of the
selected range (e.g. 0 ... 20 mA).

The values read on the ammeter,

• e.g. 1 mA, measured at the 0 mA threshold


• e.g. 19 mA, measured at the 20 mA threshold

must be entered.
The device will correctly calibrate the output to 0 ... 20 mA.

The range 4 ... 20 mA may also be calibrated.

Operating Sequence
Press the [ENTER] key after selecting the range. An input field appears:
435:Calibrate analog in-/output
AnalogOut mA 0.000 or 4.000
Enter the measured current value.

Regardless of the calibration range, the limit values range between -4 mA


... +8 mA. If the value measured lies outside the range of limit values,
please inspect the peripheral devices connected.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 105 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

A further input field will appear after acknowledging with the [ENTER] key:
435:Calibrate analog in-/output
AnalogOut mA 20.000
Enter the measured current value.
Permissible limit values for 20 mA: Min. Max.
16.000 24.000
Acknowledge with the [ENTER] key.
The operation is complete.

Calibrating an Input

This calibration is performed on commissioning.

Operating Sequence
Press the [ENTER] key after selecting the range.
You will be prompted to switch on the lower value:
435:Calibrate analog in-/output
Support 0 mA -> OK/ESC
Apply the corresponding level and press the [OK] key *).

You will now be requested to switch on the upper value:


435:Calibrate analog in-/output
Support 20 mA -> OK/ESC
Apply the corresponding level and press the [OK] key *).
The operation is complete.
*) If the current level applied is outside of the limit range, a notification will be made
and the function will be aborted.

5.4.2.6 Fct. 436:Terminal


Use menu item to select from where your DISOMAT is to be operated.
The following control stations are available:

• A second DISOMAT in the 'mirror'-configuration


• An external control terminal VOP
• An old control terminal type DT(A) - only relevant if existing installations are
modernised. The functionality is restricted because the DT(A) devices are
actuated with a low Baudrate - only two lines of basic position visualisation are
issued.

External control is useful whenever

• DISOMAT itself is not accessible (e.g. upon control cubicle installation)


• Scale is to be controlled in the hazardous area.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 106 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

Operating Sequence
After start of function, a scroll fields let you select the interface for connection of
external control station:
436:Terminal
Interface Off
Reset display after 0,0s
Key 1 Taring
Key 2 Clear Tare
Key 3 Set to 0
Key 4 Test display

'Interface':
There are the following possibilities:

Off No external control station


S1 DISOMAT with control station on phys. interface 1
S2 DISOMAT with control station on phys. interface 2
S3 *) DISOMAT with control station on phys. interface 3
S4 DISOMAT with control station on phys. interface 4
NW1 DISOMAT with control station on virtual interface 1
NW2 DISOMAT with control station on virtual interface 2

*) S3 (only with interface module RS232 <-> RS485).

Set parameters for selected interface as follows:

Physics: RS485 4-wire

Baud rate: 38400 *)

Handshake: Off

Data: 8bit even

Stop bits: 1

*)
Settings for DT(A): 9600 Baud. For this case, please adhere to the above mentioned
restriction
To acknowledge selected interface, operate [ENTER] key. Control unit is active and
can be used for further control.

'Reset display after 0,0s':


This item lets you enter the refreshing cycle for complete update of display.
Input is required only if display reflects invalid characters, e.g. due to environmental
influences.
Maximum value is 99999.0s ( ~27.5h).
0.0s = no refresh

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 107 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

'Key 1' ... 'Key 4':


System prompts for assignment of the 4 user keys of the stainless steel control unit
(DT20430).
Offered for every key:
'Off', 'Set to 0', 'Taring', 'Clear Tare', 'Test display', 'Ackn. Event', 'Key F1' to 'Key F8',
'Display gross' and 'Tare'.

5.4.2.7 Fct. 437:IP Configuration


Use menu item to set the DISOMAT 'IP Address', 'Netmask' and 'Gateway'.
437:IP Configuration
IP Address 192.168.240.1
Netmask 255.255.255.0
Gateway 0.0.0.0

5.4.2.8 Fct. 438:Bluetooth


In case of a device cannot be opened for service and diagnosis as desired (e.g.
placed in very dusty environment) a Bluetooth connection can substitute the
conventional RS232 cable connection.

Precondition: Your DISOMAT is equipped with Bluetooth option and it is operational.


See manual BV-H2314AA 'Wireless Scales - Configuration with
Bluetooth'.

Use this menu item to enable / disable the Bluetooth connection.


438:Bluetooth
Active Off
BT Address Not available
Pin No 66541
Name DISOMAT-Tersus 00000094

Parameter Active:

No: Bluetooth disabled (S3 is normal RS232 interface)

Internal: The bluetooth module VBT20450 in the socket on the mainboard is


activated.
(S3 is occupied by Bluetooth connection)

USB:*) Activates support for the USB bluetooth adapter in one of the mainboard's
USB ports.
(S3 is occupied by Bluetooth connection)
CAUTION: The certificated VBT adapters must be used if legal-for-trade
data is to be transmitted, e.g. to a DISOVIEW.

*)
The device, equipped with a USB adapter, offers a so-called PAN profile. This is
equivalent to a TCP/IP point-to-point connection. Depending on the PC software
you may need to assign an IP address to the 'PAN adapter' from the controller
subnetwork. The controller will have the same IP address using bluetooth as with a
cable.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 108 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Configuration Password

You must set the following parameters if using a USB bluetooth adapter:

BT Address: This displays the MAC ID of the USB bluetooth adapter found. This is
needed to identify the adapter on the initial scan.

Pin No: You will be asked for this number during the scan and it must be
entered as the bluetooth password. The scanner will only then display
the bluetooth name configured once the connection is completed with
the PIN number.

Name: Here you can enter a name for the device found by the scanner. Some
scanners will store the PIN number entered for a while, so the
configured name will immediately be displayed in the scanner if further
scans are made. Presetting: 'DISOMAT-Tersus' followed by its FA No.

5.4.2.9 Fct. 439:Output configuration


You have two fast impulse outputs available (Open Collector, galvanically free) with
the optional VEA0451 expansion card in addition to the analog inputs and outputs.
You can trigger them in 2 ways:

1. with the two output function blocks 13 and 14.


2. with a parallel switch with another output.

The second option makes these outputs available for the existing function variants.
This is used when the switching behaviour of the relay outputs have too great an
effect on feed constancy due to switching jitter of approximately 2 ms.
The item on the menu described here (that outputs 13 and 14 are assigned with) is
used for configuration. 'Function block' is preconfigured, meaning that the outputs are
controlled by their assigned output function blocks. If a different output is selected for
one of the two outputs (such as output 1), the output switches parallel to output 1. Any
function block link for the output operated in this fashion does not have any effect
because the configuration ranks higher than the link.

Operating Sequence
You can use scrolling fields to select the following settings after calling up the function:
439:Output configuration
Output 13 Functionblock
Output 14 Functionblock
Selection: Functionblock (default), Output 1 ... Output 12

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 109 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5 Setting Using Calibration Password


After input of the calibration password, you can access

• 'Basic functionality' (see Item 4.2)


• Functionality in accordance with 'Configuration' (see chapter 5.4)
• Additional functions as described below (see: Table, Figure)

Menu Items Comments


42:FUNCTION VARIANT
424:Edit Change loaded variant
44:Scale Complete scale calibration activities:
441:Calibration parameters
442:Special scales • Change scale parameters
443:Configure l.f.t. memory • Change calibration parameters
444:Scale parameters • Change mode and calibration parameters of
445:CALIBRATION small, or medium, weighing range (with
4451:Deadweight multi-divisional/multi-range scales)
4452:Linearization
• Calibrate and linearize scale (deadload and
4453:Range
range)
4454:Set current range
• Activate "legal-for-trade" memory
4455:Corner adjustment
4456:Resolution x 10 *) • With 2-channel variant: connect selected
446:Select scale scale
447:DISOBOX
4471:Configuration
4472:Channel
4473:Switching filter
4474:Address setup
448:Meas.input configuration
449:Band rejection

*)
As long as the calibration password is active the function 4456 is not relevant.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 110 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode

(see Item 5.1.1)

42:FUNCTION VARIANT 44:SCALE

© Schenck Process Group


442:Special scales 441:Calibration parameters 449:Band rejection 448:Meas. input configuration

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


443:Configure l.f.t.memory 444:Scale parameters 445:CALIBRATION 446:Select scale 447:DISOBOX

4453:Range 4454:Set current range 4455:Corner adjustment 4456:Resolution x 10 4451:Deadweight 4452:Linearization


Additional menu items with calibration password

4474:Address setup 4473:Switching filter 4472:Channel 4471:Configuration

Mbaum_J1_Tersus_gb.vsd
421:Parameter 422:Maximum dW/dt 423:Load variant 424:Edit 2012-05-25

BV-H2335 GB 1228
Setting Using Calibration Password

- 111 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.1 Fct. 44:SCALE


Calibrating Scale:

With certified scales, the stamp (with DISOMAT Tersus located on scale
connector, Dongle) has to be removed for recalibration. If calibration is
complete, new stamping is required (see Item 5.5.8).

With the DISOMAT Tersus, the calibration parameters are physically protected
from changes if the calibration jumper is set to "write protect". Jumper can be
accessed only if the stamp is removed (see above).
If a DISOBOX is present, calibration jumper can remain set to "write enable".
Parameters are protected by a legal-for-trade memory incrementing upon any
parameter change.
The legal-for-trade counter readings at the time of verification are indicated on
stamping plate and can be compared with current counter readings (TEST
key). If counter readings differ from one another, new stamping is required.
Therefore, avoid inadvertent changes to parameters (Calibration password).
For additional protection, set DISOBOX calibration jumper to "write protect".

1 - Prepare Calibration

1. Power off
2. Open DISOMAT

Open scale connector (dongle); (with 2-channel variant: open BOTH) and set
programming plug "Weighing/Calibration Mode" to [1 2=3]; (WE) (=
Calibration Mode, WE=Write Enable).

- omitted if DISOBOX is present

3. Close DISOMAT
4. Power up
5. Enter calibration password (Menu Item '41:Password')

=> Weight value is displayed in 10-times resolution and unit symbol effaces.

2 - Enter Parameters (*)

1. Optionally select DISOBOX (chapter 'Fct.447:DISOBOX')

2. Enter calibration parameters (Menu Item '441:Calibration parameters')

3. Set operating mode (Menu Item '442:Special scales')

4. Enter scale parameters (Menu Item '444:Scale parameters')

(*) With 2-channel variant


Follow the steps above for Scale 1, Scale 2 and Twin-Unit observing
the ORDER OF SEQUENCE.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 112 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

3 - Calibrate Scale (*)

1. Acquire deadweight (Menu Item '4451:Deadweight')

2. Calibrate range (Menu Item '4453:Range')

(*) With 2-channel variant


Perform 'Deadweight' and 'Range' menu functions on both scales.

4 - Complete Calibration

1. Power off

2. Open DISOMAT

Set programming jumper "Weighing/Calibration Mode' to [1=2 3] (Wprot) (=


Weighing Mode, Wprot=Write protected) and close scale connector (dongle);
with 2-channel variant: close BOTH).

- omitted if DISOBOX is present

3. With certified unit, seal scale connector in accordance with stamping


instructions (see Item 5.5.8). Doing so secures set calibration parameters.

4. Close DISOMAT

5. Power up

5.5.2 Fct. 446:Select scale

Function is active only with 2-channel variant.

At the time of calibration, perform the 'Enter Parameters' --> 'Calibrate


Scale' sequence for every scale and twin-unit. (ATTENTION: Twin-unit cannot be
calibrated.)
Use cursor kess to go to menu item
446:Select scale
Select scale Scale 1
and connect selected scale.
Selection: Scale 1 | Scale 2 | Twin-unit.

Weight display shows currently connected scale (see Item 3.2.2 'Display Range').

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 113 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.3 Fct. 441:Calibration parameters

The calibration parameters determine the scale characteristics. Changes at


this menu item are possible only if

• calibration has been prepared as described at Item Fct. 44:SCALE


and

• calibration password has been entered.

After any change to calibration parameters, recalibration may be


necessary.

5.5.3.1 Operating Sequence

With 1-channel variant, resume from Calibration Parameter input {$}

With 2-channel variant:


Use DIRECTION KEYS to go to menu item
446:Select scale
Select scale Scale 1
and connect selected scale.

After configuration of scales 1 and 2 (respect sequence), ALWAYS


configure the twin unit. This is absolutely necessary to ensure proper
operation of your system.
If your system is NOT designed as twin unit, enter at least the twin-unit's
full scale value and set "Twin-unit active" parameter to"No".
For twin-unit full scale value, enter maximum single value.

{$} Use DIRECTION KEYS to go to menu item


441:Scale
Calibration parameters
and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.
Calibration parameters are divided into two blocks.
First enter Block 1 parameters. Change parameter and acknowledge with [ENTER] to
go to next parameter. After last parameter of Block 1, program returns to the first, for
you to change.
Block 1 parameters:

• Unit
• Maximum value [act. dim.]
• Digit [act. dim.]
• Setting difference
• Zeroing range
• Overrange
• Mechanical factor (*)
• Adjustment Factor (*)
• Rated capacity (*)

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 114 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

• Number of L/Cs (*)


• L/C-C [mV/V] (*)
• Deadweight (*)
• L.f.T.
• Twin-unit active (available only if twin-unit is connected).

When connecting a DISOBOX, the (*)-parameters are shifted from menu


item '441:Calibration parameters' to menu item '4472:Channel'.
Terminate calibration parameter input in Block 1 with [OK] key to acquire changes.
Brief display is output, e.g. 'Increments 3000'. If you exit function with [ABORT] key,
changes are not acquired.

Operate [ENTER] key, and Block 2 calibration parameters are offered, for you to
change.

• Scale identific.
• Class
• g-deviation [per thousand]
• User def. min.load [act. dim.]

Acknowledge calibration parameter input in Block 2 with [OK] key, and changes are
stored. Exit function with [ABORT] key, and changes get lost.
Function is terminated.

Second block is displayed if Scale 1 is connected or user-defined


minimum load has been changed.

5.5.3.2 Parameter 'Unit'

Display: Unit kg
Selection: t - ton
kg - kilogram (= default)
g - gram
lb - pound
kN - kilonewton
N - newton
Function: Determines the weight unit in your DISOMAT. This holds for
the input of all parameters (e.g. Pre contact, Main Contact)
and for the weight display (home position).
The 2-channel variant has only one unit that can exclusively
be entered into the Scale 1 calibration parameters. With
Scale 2 and Twin-Unit, the input is inhibited and preassigned
with the unit of Scale 1.
Ausnahme: Calibration parameter 'Rated capacity' is
always displayed in kg.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 115 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.3.3 Parameter 'Maximum value [act. dim.]'

Display: Maximum value [act. dim.] 1000,000


Input: Any value from 0,1 9000000
Default = 1000,000
Function: Defines full scale value. With multi-range or multi-divisional
scales, value refers to the big range.
Attention: Parameter 'Maximum value [act. dim.]' is directly
related to parameter 'Digit [act. dim.]'. Both values have to
coincide!
With the 2-channel variant, the twin-unit's full scale value
determines the normalization in function blocks.
Therefore, if twin-unit is deactivated, always enter the
highest full scale value.
The two full scale values for scales 1 and 2 must not differ
by more than 1:2.5 (for data normalization in function blocks).

5.5.3.4 Parameter 'Digit [act. dim.]'

Display: Digit [act. dim.] 0,500


Input: Any value from 0,001 bis 1000
Default = 0,500
Function: Defines increment value and thus resolution of scale.
Comments: Increment value, together with parameter Full Scale Value,
determines the number of scale increments.
Increments = Full scale value/increment value
Possible are increments of 1; 2; 5.
IIf entered increment is not useful, event message
'W1211:Digit wrong' is output.

5.5.3.5 Parameter 'Setting difference'

Display: Setting difference 1d


Selection: 0d; 1d; 2d; 4d;
Default = 1d
Enter increment value.
Function: Together with parameter No-motion time defines when scale
is to recognize no-motion.
No-motion is recognized if values measured during no-motion
time do not differ from values measured last by more than no-
motion difference allows.
Comments: Enter 'No-motion time' at menu item '444:Scale parameters'.
If parameter 'L.f.T.' = Yes, only input '1d' is admitted.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 116 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.3.6 Parameter 'Zeroing range'

Display: Zeroing range 4%


Selection: 0%; 2%; 4%; 10%; 20%;
Default = 4%
Function: Together with parameter 'Maximum value' defines the range
available for zero setting.
Enter value in percent of full scale.
Comments: Weighing range is not restricted by zero setting.
Zeroing range is asymmetrical to zero point:
2% = -0,5 .... +1,5
4% = -1,0 .... +3,0
10% = -2,5 .... +7,5
20% = -10,0 .... +10,0
If parameter 'L.f.T.' = Yes, only inputs to max. 4% are
admitted.

5.5.3.7 Parameter 'Overrange'

Display: Overrange 9d
Selection: 100%; 101%; 102%; 110%; 9d
Default = 9d
Enter value in % or d (digit). With certified scales: 9d
"d" refers to the number of digits, or smallest possible
resolution of weighing range. This value corresponds to the
scale increment value.
Function: Relative to parameter Full Scale Value, defines what weight
above full scale value is displayed still. If weight of load
exceeds overrange, symbol "oooooo" is displayed provided
that Parameter ' Legal-for-Trade' is set to Yes. If 'Legal-for-
Trade' is set to 'No', you will know the overrange by the T
symbol; the weight value continues being displayed.

5.5.3.8 Parameter 'Mechanical factor'

Display: Mechanical factor 1,000


Input: Any value from 0,1 to 99999
Default = 1,00
Enter value without unit.
Function: The mechanical factor considers the mechanical scale
construction, e.g. transmission, lever, and load application
ratios.
Mechanical factor = Load on scale / load on load cell
Comments: With scales with no load reduction or transmission ratio,
factor is 1.0000.
Value < 1.0000: Load reduction ratio
Value > 1.0000: Load transmission ratio
Not with twin-unit.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 117 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

Examples for 'Mechanical factor':


A hopper scale is placed on one load cell and two pivots. If load cells
are arranged rotation-symmetrically, and the two pivots around a
round-shaped hopper with mid center of gravity ( load carrier to 3 x
120°) the load is distributed to 1/3 each:
33,33 %
Festlager
Pivot
Palier
33,33 % Supporto fisso
Wägezelle 100 %
Load cell Fmech = =3
33,33 %
Capteur
Cella pesatrice 33,33 %
Festlager
Pivot
Palier
Supporto fisso

With a rectanglular hopper or a round-shaped hopper in a symmetrical


weighing frame, the result is different (even if the latter is square and
tota
25 %
Festlager
Pivot
Palier
50 % Supporto fisso
Wägezelle Behälter 100 %
Load cell
Hopper
Récipient
Fmech = =2
Recipiente
50 %
Capteur
Cella pesatrice 25 %
Festlager
Pivot
Palier
Supporto fisso

This load distribution is caused by the different spacing of

• load cells (1/2 side length)


• pivots (1/2 diagonal)

from hopper centre of gravity, i.e. the three support points do not form
any equilateral triangle. For theoretical calibration, value 2 results.

When designing the load cell, its load must be properly considered.

Any other case, e.g. rectangular hoppers with unsymmetrical load


distribution, must be derived either from precise geometric
consideration or at best calibrated with the use of a pre-weighed
medium (liquid) filled into hopper.

ATTENTION: Upon calibration with weights, ensure that the mid


center of gravity position is precisely kept.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 118 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.3.9 Parameter 'Adjustment Factor'

Display: Adjustment Factor 1,00000


Input: Any value from 0,9 to 1,1
Default = 1
Enter value without unit.
Considers F-calib. scatterings in load cell characteristic
values, or scale mechanics total characteristic value.
System acquires parameter value during range calibration
(see menu item '4453:Range').
'Adjustment Factor' = Test weight / displayed weight
Not with twin-unit

5.5.3.10 Parameter 'Rated capacity'

Display: Rated capacity 1000kg


Input: 1 - 999999
Default = 1000
Input always in [kg]
Function: Indicates rated capacity of load cells used.
If a load cell is loaded with its rated capacity, it will output as
measuring signal, at 1V supply voltage, the voltage
corresponding to its load cell characteristic (parameter 'L/C-C
[mV/V]').
Comments: Enter always in kg. Rated capacity indications with other units
must be converted into kg.
Not with twin-unit

5.5.3.11 Parameter 'Number of L/Cs'

Display: Number of L/Cs 1


Input: Any value from 1 to 20
Default = 1
Enter value without unit.
Function: Indicates number of load cells used.
Pivots, if any, do not count.
Not with twin-unit

5.5.3.12 Parameter 'L/C-C [mV/V]'

Display: L/C-C [mV/V] 2,85


Input: Any value from 0,1 to 10
Default = 2,85
Function: Load cell characteristic (rated characteristic) indicates the
output voltage (measuring signal) a load cell supplies as a
function of supply voltage, if loaded with its rated capacity.
Not with twin-unit

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 119 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.3.13 Parameter 'Deadweight'

Display: Deadweight 0,00kg


Input: Any value from 0 to ± 999999
Default = 0,00
Function: Dead weight means the weight of scale mechanics (weight of
empty scale) acting on load cells in addition to effective load,
i.e. the load to be weighed.
Dead weight is acquired during dead weight calibration and
stored as calibration parameter 'Deadweight'.
Besides the Calibration Factor, it is one of the two
parameters that need not be entered.
Merely in theoretical calibration, correct dead weight value
has to be entered in manual.
Not with twin-unit

5.5.3.14 Parameter 'L.f.T.'

Display: L.f.T. Yes


Selection: Yes; No
Default = Yes
Function: The legal-for-trade status determines whether the scale is
subject to official verification or not. This affects various
monitoring and display functions of your scale.
This parameter is available only for Scale 1.

5.5.3.15 Parameter 'Twin-unit active'

Display: Twin-unit active Yes


Selection: Yes; No
Default = Yes
Function: This parameter activates/deactivates the DISOMAT twin-unit.
This parameter is available only with the two-channel variant.

The information below refers to Block 2 displayed only if scale 1 is


connected.

5.5.3.16 Parameter 'Scale identific.'

Display: Scale identific. -------


Input: Any text, max. 7 digits; e.g. 'Scale 1'
Function: Defines the name of your scale.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 120 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.3.17 Parameter 'Class'

Display: Class Trade scale Cl.III


Selection: Trade scale Cl.III
Coarse Scale Cl.IIII
SWA
User defined minimum load
Function: Defines the scale accuracy class. Depending on application,
minimum load, etc. may change.

5.5.3.18 Parameter 'g-deviation [per thousand]'

Display: g-deviation [per thousand] + 0,000


Input: Deviation in per mil in accordance with formula:
Value = 1000 × (G-calibration site - G-
mounting site) ÷ G-calibration site
Default = 0
Function: Described during verification in the manufacturer's works, this
parameter corrects the difference in gravitational force
existing between verification and mounting sites. Relevant
are geographical latitude and sea level.

If verification takes place at the mounting site (normal case),


parameter is always zero.

5.5.3.19 Parameter 'User def. min.load [act. dim.]'

Display: User def. min.load [act. dim.] 0,00


Input: Minimum load on scale in current unit
Default = 0
Function: This parameter determines the MIN value of the electronic
stamping plate provided that parameter 'Class' has been set
to 'User defined minimum load'.

5.5.4 Fct. 442:Special scales


DISOMAT knows three operating modes:

• Single-range scale (Normal scale)


• Multi-range scale (2 or 3 ranges)
• Multi-divisional scale (2 or 3 ranges)

Unlike the normal scale, the multi-range or multi-divisional scale has multiple weighing
ranges:

• with 2 ranges: small and big range;


• with 3 ranges: small, medium and big range).

Calibration and scale parameters are identical for all ranges, except Maximum value
and Digit.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 121 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

Enter big range parameters in the exact same ways as the single-range scale
parameters; small range or medium range parameters, at menu item '442:Special
scales'.

With two ranges, range and increment value can be set for the medium
range; however, this is of no influence.

Parameters
Parameters to be set:

• Type
• Maximum value Small Range [act. dim.]
• Digit [act. dim.] small range
• Maximum value Medium Range [act. dim.]
• Digit [act. dim.] medium range

Parameter input for multi-range/multi-divisional scales is identical.

Display and Printout


The currently active range is highlighted in the upper display line.
Ex.: Max 80/200kg
i.e., 80 highlighted means that small
range, here: 80 kg, is active.
Change-over of range has no effect on display and printout. Display always shows the
after-comma places of the small range. When defining ranges and increment value,
have in mind that maximum 6 places plus comma (e.g. 1000.00) are available in the
display.

Operating Sequence
Use DIRECTION KEYS to go to menu item
442:SCALE
Special scales
and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.
You can change the following parameters:
442:Special scales
Type Standard
Small Range [act. dim.] 300,00
Digit [act. dim.] 0,100
Medium Range [act. dim.] 300,00
Digit [act. dim.] 0,100
After changing a parameter acknowledge with [ENTER] to go to next parameter. After
last parameter, program returns to the first, for you to change.

Finish parameter input with [OK] key, and changes are stored. Exit function with
[ABORT] key, and changes get lost.

The operation is complete.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 122 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.4.1 Parameter 'Type'

Display: Type Standard


Selection: Standard
Multi res (2 rng)
Multi range (2 rng)
Multi res (3 rng)
Multi range (3 rng)
Default = Standard
Function: Enter scale type.

• With the multi-divisional scale, change-over from smaller to next bigger


range takes place if weight value exceeds switching value (smaller range full
scale value). Return to next small range takes place if switching point is
exceeded down. After taring, scale operates in small range related to Net
weight. This mode requires special load cells (e.g. SCHENCK RTN MI load
cells).
The maximum manual/fixed tare input is limited to the full scale value of the
smallest range.

• With the multi-range scale, change-over from smaller to next bigger range
takes place if weight value exceeds switching value. Return to small range
takes place only if scale is relieved to exact zero (+¼ d). Tare values, if any,
are deleted.
Taring has no impact on range (Gross related).

5.5.4.2 Parameter 'Small Range [act. dim.]' (maximum value)

Display: Small Range [act. dim.] 300,000


Input: Any value from 1,000 to 1000000
Default = 300
Function: Defines the full scale value of the small range.
This parameter is directly related to parameter 'Digit [act.
dim.]'.
Both values have to coincide.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 123 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.4.3 Parameter 'Digit [act. dim.]' (small range)

Display: Digit [act. dim.] 0,100


Input: Any value from 0,001 to 1000,000
Default = 0,1
Function: Defines increment value and thus the resolution of the small
range.
Comments: Together with parameter 'Small Range [act. dim.]' this
parameter defines the number of increments of the small
range.

Increment value is calculated thus:


Number of increments = full scale value/increment value
Possible are increments of 1; 2; 5.
If the increment entered is not useful, event message
'W1211:Digit wrong' is output.

5.5.4.4 Parameter 'Medium Range [act. dim.]' (maximum value)

Display: Medium Range [act. dim.] 300,000


Input: Any value between 1,000 to 1000000
Default = 300
Function: Defines medium range full scale value.
Parameter 'Digit [act. dim.]' is directly connected with
parameter 'Medium Range [act. dim.]'.
Ensure that the two values coincide!

5.5.4.5 Parameter 'Digit [act. dim.]' (medium range)

Display: Digit [act. dim.] 0,100


Input: Any value between 0,001 to 1000,000
Default = 0,1
Function: Defines increment value and thus also the medium range
increment value.
Comments: Together with parameter 'Medium Range [act. dim.]' defines
the medium range increment value.
Increment value is computed as follows:
Number of increments = full scale value/increment value
Increments values 1, 2 and 5 are possible.
If the entered increment value is not useful, event message
'W1211:Digit wrong' is output.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 124 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.5 Fct. 444:Scale parameters


In addition to the calibration parameters, the scale parameters determine
further scale characteristics.

To edit parameters, enter

• Calibration password, or
• Configuration password.

The 'Weighing/Calibration Mode' programming plug (plug-in jumper) in


scale connector (dongle) needs not be be changed. No recalibration is
required.

5.5.5.1 Operating Sequence

Use DIRECTION KEYS to go to menu item


444:Scale
Scale parameters
and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.
You can change the following parameters:
444:Scale parameters
Switching filter 0,15s
Display filter 0,47s
No-motion time 1,0s
Set to 0 No
Switch delay 1,0s
dW/dt filter [s] 2,00

After changing a parameter acknowledge with [ENTER] to go to next parameter. After


last parameter, program returns to the first, for you to change.

Finish parameter input with [OK] key, and changes are stored. Exit function with
[ABORT] key, and changes get lost.

The operation is complete.

5.5.5.2 Parameter 'Switching filter'

Display: Switching filter 0,15s


Selection: 0,02s; 0,06s; 0,10s; 0,15s; 0,22s; 0,33s; 0,47s; 0,68s; 1,00s;
1,50s; 2,00s; 3,30s; 4,70s;
Default = 0,15s
Function: Limit value monitoring.
Defines filter time for weights used for fast comparator and
for batching.
With increasing filter time, scale monitoring becomes slower.
Value to be set depends on external vibrating effects at scale
location (e.g. mechanical vibrations).
Not with twin-unit

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 125 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.5.3 Parameter 'Display filter'

Display: Display filter 0,47 s


Selection: 0,02s; 0,06s; 0,10s; 0,15s; 0,22s; 0,33s; 0,47s; 0,68s; 1,00s;
1,50s; 2,00s; 3,30s; 4,70s
Default = 0,47s
Function: Determines filter time for weight values shown on display.
Function blocks, EDP and no-motion transmissions also use
the filtered weight values.
With increasing filter time, scale monitoring becomes slower.
Value to be set depends on external vibrating effects at scale
location (e.g. mechanical vibrations).
Not with twin-unit

5.5.5.4 Parameter 'No-motion time'

Display: No-motion time 1,0s


Input: Any value from 0,0 to 10,0
Default = 1,0
Function: Together with parameter 'Setting difference' (legal-for-trade
parameter), defines when scale is to recognize no-motion.

Rule of thumb: No-motion time ≥ 0.8 * Display filter

System recognizes no-motion if values measured during no-


motion time do not differ by more than the no-motion
difference of the value measured last.
No-motion is indicated in weight display by the symbol.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 126 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.5.5 Parameter 'Set to 0'

Display: Set to 0 No
Selection: No = no zero-setting (default)
Autom. Zero-setting = zero-setting active
Zero tracking = the scale sets zero when it is in the zero
setting range and gross was 5 s < 0*)
Function: Defines whether scale in zeroing range is automatically set to
zero.

The following conditions apply:

1. Scale in no-motion for at least 1 second. (See no-


motion conditions at parameter 'No-motion time').

2. Weight deviation from current zero point within ± ½ d.


3. Weight change during last second smaller than 0.5
d/s.
4. New zero point still within zeroing range (see
parameter 'Zeroing range'). Excessive zero point
shifts are displayed as weight.

*) If you select Zero Tracking, conditions 2 and 3 are no


longer relevant to negative weights.

5.5.5.6 Parameter 'Switch delay'

Display: Switch delay 1,0s


Input: Any value from 0,0 to 10,0
Default = 1,0
Function: Defines the switching delay of the multi-range/multi-divisional
scale required for change-over from one range to the other.
This helps to avoid range change-over caused by short
weight shocks (e.g. caused by application of load on scale).
Change-over takes place when no-motion is reached or time
has elapsed.
Comments: Switching delay is relevant only with multi-divisional and/or
multi-range scales.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 127 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.5.7 Parameter 'dW/dt filter [s]'

Display: dW/dt filter [s] 2,00


Input: Any value between 0 .. 30000
Default = 2,00
Function: Defines filter time for weight change display.

5.5.6 Fct. 445:CALIBRATION


During calibration, the scale dead weight is acquired, and the range calibrated with the
use of calibration weights. In certain cases, the scale can also be calibrated
"theoretically", i.e. without calibration weights (computational range calibration).

Before starting dead weight and span calibration, the weighing system must have
been operating for at least 30 minutes, for load cells to reach operating temperature.

If need be, perform corner adjustment. Corner adjustment is important whenever a


scale equipped with multiple load cells can be loaded asymmetrically (see, e.g.,
Manual DKI200).

5.5.6.1 Essential Operating Steps

• Calibrate dead weight (Menu Item '4451:Deadweight').


• Calibrate range using weights (Menu Item '4453:Range').
• Special case: Theoretically calibrate range (see Item 'Theoretical Range
Calibration')
• Special case: Linearize scale characteristic (Menu Item '4452:Linearization').
• Check calibration result.

After input of calibration parameters, event message 'A1911:Measurement


voltage too high' can be output.
This alarm occurs with small load cell utilization and high dead weight.
Dead weight compensation offsets the high dead weight and the weighing
electronics properly operates. If dead weight calbiration is complete, weight
display reads '0' and the alarm can be acknowledged.

5.5.6.2 Fct. 4451:Deadweight


The dead weight is the constant weight of a scale construction (e.g. empty hopper,
weighing platform) acting on load cells. See also calibration parameter 'Deadweight').

'Deadweight' has nothing to do with the 'Taring' function.

Ensure that scale is unloaded. Using this menu item, the system computes
'Deadweight' parameter and enters value automatically. Ever after, this weight value is
subtracted from measurement value, so that actual weight of load on scale is
displayed.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 128 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

Operating Sequence
Use DIRECTION KEYS to go to menu item
4451:CALIBRATION
Deadweight
and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

Display reads:
4451:Deadweight
Dead weight activ

After some seconds, display reports exit to function:


4451:Deadweight
Deadweight OK

Check: If tare memory is cleared, empty scale display must read 0,0 (kg | t | g | lb | N |
kN).

5.5.6.3 Fct. 4453:Range


If dead weight calibration is complete, apply known calibration weight (50...100% of
range full scale value) to scale, select '4453:Range' and enter calibration weight value.

System computes calibration factor from entered and measured weights and enters
value into parameter list (see calibration parameter 'Adjustment Factor').

Designed as correction factor, parameter 'Adjustment Factor' is considered with any


future measurement value.
If no event message is output, calibration is complete. If an event message is output
(e.g. range error), remove fault and repeat calibration process.
Range calibration is performed automatically after start of function.

Operating Sequence
Apply calibration weight to scale.

Use DIRECTION KEYS to go to menu item


4453:CALIBRATION
Range
and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

Range value input field opens, e.g.:


4453:Range
Range 50,00kg
Enter calibration weight (e.g. 50 kg) and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

The admissible value range depends on the value entered for calibration
parameter 'Maximum value'.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 129 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

Display reads
4453:Range
Range active
while range is being calibrated.

If display reads
4453:Range
Range OK
range calibration is complete.

Function terminates automatically.

If
4453:Range
Range: Error <###>
is output, measuring module no longer produces the required accuracy.
Repeat range calibration using new measuring module.

5.5.6.4 Fct. 4454:Set current range


This function switches a multi-range scale in the smallest range valid for the current
weight reading.

5.5.6.5 Fct. 4455:Corner adjustment

Only available with DISOBOX!

See chapter 'Calibrating DISOBOX'.

5.5.6.6 Computational Range Calibration


Scales for in-plant use can also be calibrated theoretically. This method makes good
sense whenever weight calibration is difficult to perform (e.g. with mixer scales).

In place of dead weight and range calibration, you enter calibration parameters
'Deadweight' and 'Adjustment Factor' by hand.
We recommend to perform a check with material.

5.5.6.7 Setting Range With Multi-Range Scale


The setting of parameter 'Type' (=Scale Type; see Menu Item '442:Special scales')
defines if your scale operates as multi-range or multi-divisional scale. Calibrate multi-
range or multi-divisional scale in the exact same way as you are accustomed to doing
with a standard scale.

Please note that the range calibration uses the range with the highest full scale value.
Partial ranges are not calibrated. Deviations can be corrected by linearization.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 130 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.6.8 Fct. 4452:Linearization


The 'Linearization' function permits the scale characteristic to be corrected in three
support points (25%, 50%, 75% of full scale value) by up to ± 9.9 increments.

Before performing linearization, calibrate scale dead weight and


range.

Determining characteristic
Determine characteristic deviation in each support point and enter value.

• Apply 25% of range as calibration weight.


• Read actual weight and note value.
• Calculate correction value in increments (increment e stands topleft on
display) using this formula:

Correction value = (Setpoint - actual weight) / Increment value


(with multi-divisional/multi-range scales, increment value of big range)

• Enter correction value in increments at menu item '4452:Linearization'.


• Check deviation. If necessary, repeat.

Resume from next support point (50 %, 75 %).

Example
You have a scale with 600 kg weighing range and 0.2 kg increment value (i.e. with
3000 increments).
Upon linearization, scale at support point 50 % (= 300 kg) shows a value of 300.28. To
linearize scale, calculate correction value in increments (not in kg) using above
formula and enter value:
Correction value = (300.00kg - 300.28kg) / 0.2kg = -0.28 / 0.2 = -1.4
The correction value to be entered is -1.4.

Operating Sequence
Use DIRECTION KEYS to go to menu item
4452:JUSTAGE
Linearization
and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

Input fields for support points open:


4552:Linearization
Support point 25% d 0,00
Support point 50% d 0,00
Support point 75% d 0,00
Enter acquired values and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

Exit function with [OK] key.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 131 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.6.9 Checking Calibration

Check Using Weight


Scale calibration is normally followed by a check using staggered weights. For legal-
for-trade scales, definite Board of Trade regulations have to be observed.
With non-legal-for-trade scales, we suggest to use weights of 25%, 50% and 75% of
full scale value. If unlinearity is detected, you can correct characteristic using the
'Linearization' function (see Menu Item '4452:Linearization').

Check Using Material


With theoretically calibrated scales, a check using calibration weights is often difficult
to perform. In this case, a check using material is recommended.
Weigh a good on your calibrated scale. Its weight should amount to at least 50% of
maximum range. Check this weight on an accurate reference scale. If need be, you
can correct the 'Adjustment Factor', until the two weight indications coincide. If values
differ by multiple percent, an error has occurred.

5.5.7 Fct. 443:Configure l.f.t. memory


Alternatively to the legal-for-trade printout on a connected (redundant) printer,
DISOMAT offers the possibility to store the legal-for-trade weigh data in an optional
memory (Legal-For-Trade Memory VMM20450) or in a connected PC. (For
DISOSAVE program, see also Spec Sheet BV-D2045).
If 'L.f.T. memory' is set to 'Off', legal-for-trade results must be printed on paper.

Operating Sequence
Use DIRECTION KEYS to go to menu item
443:Scale
Configure l.f.t. memory
and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.
You will see the following input fields:
443:Configure l.f.t. memory
L.f.T. memory Off
Min. no. days 1
Change parameters and acknowledge with [ENTER].

Finish function by [OK] key.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 132 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.7.1 Parameter 'L.f.T. memory'

Display: L.f.T. memory Off


Selection: Off
External
Internal
Dig Signature
(Default = Off)
Function: Determines weigh data destination

Off = Legal-for-trade memory not used.


External = Data are sent to DISOSAVE PC program using
EDP protocol 3964R. User data are transferred in coded
form.
Internal = Data are stored in (optional) DISOMAT legal-for-
trade memory VMM20450.
Dig Signature = n/a (for future use)

5.5.7.2 Parameter 'Min. no. days'

Display: Min. no. days 90


Input: Minimum value = 90 days (required by Board of Trade)
Maximum value: 5 * 365 days
Function: Defines minimum storage period of legal-for-trade values in
days. Relevant only if local legal-for-trade memory
VMM20450 is used.

The two MB internal legal-for-trade memory can store approx.


500 weighing operations per day over a period > 90 days. If
legal-for-trade memory is full and contains legal-for-trade
data younger than 90 days, an event message is output.
DISOMAT cannot be used for certified applications at the
time being.

Note: If legal-for-trade memory is used and weigh data storage fails, an event
message is output (A2305:Legal-for-trade memory FULL).

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 133 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.8 Legal-For-Trade Identification, Sealing Locations and


Type

Identification plate:
III = 'Commercial Scale'
accuracy class
07 = Year of initial
verification, last two figures
(07->2007)
D07-09-012 = No. of EC type
approval

Stamp is omitted since its


Legal-for-trade identifications: removal destroys the
Locations of adhesive label.

• 'Named Authority' code number


• CE label (M)

The system is sealed with the use of adhesive labels in sealing locations (*).

(*)
Attention: Before sealing, set
Weighing/Calibration Mode
programming plug (plug-in
jumper) to 'Weighing Mode'
(Wprot) position.

Connect the two housing shells


and cover with stamping seal.

(*)
Seal junction box(es) and/or
cable joint(s) using adhesive
label (e.g. connecting point or
device screw).

Note: Interfaces for auxiliaries and user control are designed without reactive effect.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 134 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.9 Fct. 447:DISOBOX


It is possible to connect the scales to DISOMAT using the external DISOBOX
converter module normally installed near the scale.
The load cell measurement values are digitalised and transferred to DISOMAT via a
serial interface compatible for bus.
For optional connection of DISOBOX, DISONET is used as Slave 1 or, with 2
DISOBOX units, as Slave 2.
The configuration described below assumes that the DISOBOX unit(s) are physically
connected to DISOMAT and that DISONET has been properly configured
(43321:Disonet mode, 43322:Slavelist).
Connect DISOBOX takes place on interface S1 or S2. The following interface settings
(432:Interfaces) have to be established for good:
Physics RS485 2-wire

Baud rate 38400

Handshake Off

Data 8bit no

Stop bits 1

5.5.9.1 Fct. 4471:Configuration

5.5.9.1.1 Parameter 'Count of DISOBOXES'

Display: Count of DISOBOXES 0


Input: 0, 1, 2
Function: Lets you acquire the number of DISOBOX units connected to DISOMAT.
If one (1) DISOBOX is connected, up to two groups of DISOBOX measuring channels
are treated as Scales 1 and 2 in DISOMAT.
If two (2) DISOBOX units are connected, the first group of the first box is treated as
Scale 1 in DISOMAT; the first group of the second box, as Scale 2.
If two groups are configured, the twin-unit scale can be used/configured in DISOMAT.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 135 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.9.2 Fct. 4472:Channel

Only available with DISOBOX!

If DISOBOX units are connected, the following parameters are shifted from
menu item '441:Calibration parameters' to this function. For description of
parameters, see chapter 'Fct. 441:Calibration parameters':

• Parameter 'Mechanical factor'


• Parameter 'Adjustment Factor'
• Parameter 'Rated capacity'
• Parameter 'Number of L/Cs'
• Parameter 'L/C-C [mV/V]'
• Parameter 'Deadweight'

5.5.9.2.1 Parameter 'Channel'

Display: Channel 1

Input: 1-8

Function: Lets you acquire the channel parameters of connected DISOBOX unit(s).
The number of DISOBOX units must have been acquired at menu item
4471:Configuration.

After input of channel number, DISOBOX reads the channels box parameters, for you
to enter. The connected scale (446:Select scale) determines the DISOBOX to be
addressed!
If two DISOBOX units are connected, DISOMAT shows the number of connected
DISOBOX units in the first dialog line during input.

5.5.9.2.2 Parameter 'Function'

Display: Scale used Scale 1

Input: Off, Active, Scale 1, Scale 2, Twin-unit, Sc1 Sc2, Sc1 Sc2, Sc1 Sc2 Sc3

Function: Lets you determine the scale, the channel is assigned to in DISOMAT. You
can select any combination from Scale 1, Scale 2 and Twin-unit.

When connecting DISOBOX to DISOMAT, only some few combinations make good
sense. When connecting one (1) DISOBOX, the assignment to Scale 1 or Scale 2 is
useful, when connecting two (2) DISOBOX units, permanently select Scale 1.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 136 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.9.3 Fct. 4473:Switching filter

Only available with DISOBOX!

5.5.9.3.1 Parameter 'Switching filter'

Display: Switching filter 1,00s


Input: 0.06s, 0,10s, 0.15s, 0.22s, 0.33.s, 0.47s, 0.68s, 1.00s, 1.50s, 2.00s, 3.30s,
4.70s
Function: Lets you acquire the switching filter value valid for all channels.

5.5.9.4 Fct. 4474:Address setup


Connect DISOBOX alone to DISOMAT, and call menu item.

5.5.9.4.1 Parameter 'Serial no.'

Display: Serial no. ____________


Input: Enter DISOBOX serial number or acknowledge blank input. For serial
number, see DISOBOX identification plate.

You can stop entering digits when DISOBOX is clearly recognised!

5.5.9.4.2 Parameter 'Net position'

Display: Net position Slave 1


Input: Slave 1, Slave 2
Function: Lets you determine the DISONET address to be assigned to DISOBOX.
Acknowledge with [OK], and address is transferred to the DISOBOX
specified by serial number. Transfer takes approx. 5 seconds.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 137 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.10 Calibrating DISOBOX

Only relevant with DISOBOX!

To calibrate DISOBOX:

1. Perform deadweight calibration (function 4451; see also Item 'Fct.


4451:Deadweight').

2. Perform corner adjustment (function 4455; see also Item 'Fct. 4455:Corner
adjustment').

Corner adjustment is designed to balance the different sensitivities of single


load cells so that scale display is independent of position of load on scale.
Follow these steps:

o Load all corners with approx. 20% of full scale, one after the other,
and note weight values G. The more precisely the test weight loads
this corner, the more accurate the adjustment will be.

o Determine reference weight value B used for adjustment of residual


values. Best use the mean value from acquired weight values.

o Correction value for every channel x is computed thus:


Corr(x) = (( B - G(x) ) / B ) * 1000

o Enter correction values for every channel using menu item 'Corner
adjustment'.

ATTENTION: changes cannot be reset. If your system has been


decalibrated after input error, go to channel data and set parameter
'Adjustment Factor' to 1.0 for every single load cell.

o After corner adjustment it is useful to relieve scale again and check for
proper dead load. If necessary, recalibrate deadweight calibration.

3. Perform range adjustment (function 4453; see also Item 'Fct. 4453:Range').

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 138 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.11 Stamping DISOBOX

See also chapter 'Legal-For-Trade Identification, Sealing Locations and Type'.

The stamp (S) is applied to the DISOBOX intermediate plate (on countersunk screw)
as shown below.

This stamp is designed to seal the area below the plate.

Parameters are protected by a legal-for-trade counter that increments upon any


change to a legal-for-trade parameter. The counter readings at the time of verification
are indicated on stamping plate and can be compared with current counter readings
(by [TEST] key). If counter readings differ from one another, new stamping is required.
For additional protection, set calibration jumper under the plate to "write protect" (not
to "write enable").

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 139 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.11.1 Combination DISOBOX + DISOVIEW E


The overview on next picture shows locations and design of stamps and the type of
protection for a combination of DISOBOX® + DISOVIEW E.
Plates and stamps can be supplied by Schenck Process.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 140 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.11.2 Combination DISOBOX + DISOMAT Tersus


The overview on next picture shows locations and design of stamps and the type of
protection for a combination of DISOBOX® + DISOMAT® Tersus.
Plates and stamps can be supplied by Schenck Process.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 141 -
Setting Mode Setting Using Calibration Password

5.5.12 Fct. 448:Meas. input configuration


Use this menu item to instruct your DISOMAT, which input is wired to a measurement
module.
448:Meas.input configuration
Measurement input 1 Measurement module
Measurement input 2 Off
Possibilities:
Measurement module : Modul is connected.
Off : No module connected.

If only 1 measurement channel is used, the measurement module has to be


connected to measurement input 1.

f no measuring module is mounted on a measuring input or if you want


DISOBOX to function as the measurement transducer, the measuring input
has to be set to Off.
Acknowledge with [OK] key to exit function.

5.5.13 Fct. 449:Band rejection


Use menu item to define up to 4 band stop filters (notch filters).
449:Band rejection
Number 1
Confirm the filter number or type in another (1...4). Press [ENTER] or [OK] key.
449:Band rejection
Frequency [Hz] 0,0
Quality 0,00

Possible inputs:
Frequency [Hz]: 0.0 ... 99.9 center frequency
Quality: 0.00 ... 99.99 Q-factor

Continue with [OK].


449:Band rejection
SKIP Mode No
After selecting 'Yes' Skip Mode is activated. This is an A/D converter operating mode
that acquires the measuring values faster and is required for dynamic weighing. It is
not used for standard applications (in particular for legal-for-trade applications) as it
alters substantially the filter characteristics.
Exit function with [OK] key.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 142 - © Schenck Process Group
Setting Mode Fct. 5c:Reset All(Restart)

5.5.14 Fct. 424:Edit

The adjustment password is needed


You need extensive knowledge to work with function blocks which is why
this is normally left up to service/customer service.

You can change the functionality of a loaded variant under item 424:Edit on the menu
(changing the link to function blocks).
You can store the changed link when you are finished editing. It can be activated at
any time afterwards with the function 423:Load variant using the Changed selection.

• The changed configuration will function initially if you do not store after
editing, but only to the next power failure or reset all.
• It is stored in a separate zone and this does not change the original
function variant. It can be activated again at any time with the function
423:Load variant.
• There is only one memory for changed configurations, i.e. whenever
the Store function is selected after editing, the previously stored
configuration is overwritten.
• When a function variant of DISOPLAN is loaded, it is not put into
Loaded Variant, but immediately Stored. In other words, any previously
changed and stored configuration is overwritten.
• The unit falls back on the function variant last loaded and configured or
the last edited and stored configuration after a power failure or reset
all.

A detailed description of editing would go far beyond the scope of this


documentation. You can find detailed explanations on setting up function
blocks in the manual 'function blocks (BV-H2317).

5.6 Fct. 5c:Reset All(Restart)


Restart ('Reset all') loads parameters from EEPROM memory into main memory
(RAM). In EEPROM, data (parameter values, function block linkages) are stored fail-
safe.

All data in main memory are overwritten.

• Restart is required right before completing commissioning.

• Restart could be required, for instance, if recommended by event messages


of class 'S' (Error).

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 143 -
Setting Mode Fct. 5c:Reset All(Restart)

Operating Sequence

Before restarting system, enter Restart password (by default = '140789'). After
successful input, another menu item appears in SERVICE menu:

5c:SERVICE
Reset all
Start with [ENTER] key, and system prompts:
5c:Reset all
Acknowledge No

Select and acknowledge with [ENTER] key:

• 'No', if you don't want to restart.

• 'Yes', if you really want to restart your system. The hints 'Function active' and
'Restart' are displayed and the device returns to home position showing
'A0309-nnnn:Restart' *). Acknowledge the event message with [ACK] key,
and DISOMAT is again ready to operate.

• 'Factory defaults', if you want to reset to default factory values.


For safety reasons, the system prompts:

5c:Reset all
Factory defaults No
Select 'Yes' and acknowledge with [ENTER] key.

Then you are prompted for password input:


5c:Reset all
Passwort

Type in Service Password (by default = '235711') and acknowledge


with [ENTER] key.
The hints 'Function active' and 'Restart' are displayed and the device
returns to home position showing 'A0309-nnnn:Restart' *).
Acknowledge the event message, and device is again ready to
operate.

ATTENTION: The language now is 'English' (= factory default).

*)
ATTENTION: After restart of device, ONLY this event message may be available.
Any other event, particularly parameter errors, must be remedied before
commissioning can be brought to completion.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 144 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Filling Scale

6 Function Variants

6.1 Filling Scale

6.1.1 General Functioning

Before operating a Filling scale, make yourself familiar with the general
functioning of your DISOMAT.

The Filling scale is designed to fill material from a surge hopper into a weigh hopper.
Single and multiple fill operations are possible.

®
Tersus

1234,56kg
e= 0,5 /1 /2kg Min 10kg Max 1,5 /3/6t

G 0 1
Scale 1
11.06.2007 15:01:33
In:-------- W Out:-+-+--------
DrWdh EndSu
HTara Beiz TaLst Wägen ZwSum

!:| $ F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F?

Filling
DISOMAT controls a fill unit for filling in full feed and dribble feed until setpoint is
reached. the amount fed out is checked for tolerance; if required, make-up filling takes
place. In case of overfill, an event message is output.
To start filling,

• Press F1 key, or
• Set input contact In 1, or
• Set PLS-DIn-1 (set bit via fieldbus) or
• DP command (telegram via serial interface)

To stop filling,

• Press F2 key, or
• Set input contact In 2, or
• Set PLS-DIn-2, or
• DP command.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 145 -
Function Variants Filling Scale

To abort filling,

• Press F8 key, or
• Set input contact In 3, or
• Set PLS-DIn-3, or
• DP command.

Fill parameters (Prefill value, Pre contact, Main Contact, PLUS Tolerance, MINUS
Tolerance and Optimization factor) depend on material properties.
Menu item '473:Material data' lets you store 10 parameter records (corresponding) to
10 different material properties). Parameter record is selected upon setpoint input in
form of the material number.

For details of fill parameters see corresponding chapter 'Parametrisation'.

Discharge
The behavior when discharging is determined by the parameter Auto Refill (see
chapter 'Parametrisation' -> section 'B. Function block parameters'). Parameter Max
fill level is the criterion for start of discharge after end of filling; parameter Min fill
level, for end of discharge. Set these parameters via material data.

NOTE: When setting parameters, make allowance for build-ups in weigh hopper, if
any.
Discharge commences, if

1. filling is complete, and


2. Gross weight in hopper exceeds Max fill level.

Discharging continues until parameter Min fill level is reached and Min. discharge
time has elapsed.
With the use of different parameter settings, single and multiple fill operations can be
realized:

• Single Filling: With single fill operations including discharge, ensure that
parameter Max fill level is smaller than setpoint. It is useful to set Max fill
level parameter to 0.

• Multiple Filling: With multiple fill operations, set Max fill level parameter
value right under the total amount to be filled. Multiple fill operations are
performed one after the other, if necessary, using different setpoints. The last
fill operation exceeds Max fill level value. DISOMAT sets Out-3 to '1'
(discharge).

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 146 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Filling Scale

6.1.2 Function Keys


With the Filling scale, the function keys are assigned as follows (Display current
assignment using [SHIFT+OK]):

F7 'Start Filling'
F1 key: 'Start'

F8 'Stop Filling'
F2 key: 'Stop'
Resume filling with F1 = Start.
F9 'Select material, enter setpoint'
F3 key: 'Mat. + Setpoint'

F10 n/a

F11
n/a

F12 'Print Sub-total'


F6 key: 'Sub-Total'

F7
n/a

F8 'Abort Filling'
F8 key: 'Abort'

F9
n/a

F10
n/a

F11 'Repeat Printing of Weigh Report'


F11 key: 'Repeat last printout'

F12 'Print Total/Clear Balance'


F12 key: 'Total'

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 147 -
Function Variants Filling Scale

6.1.3 Inputs and Outputs


The PLS-DIn-x or PLS-DOut-x signals are used to control the scale by computer or
fieldbus. They normally function at the same time as the physical inputs or outputs.

Inputs:
Signal Phys. Function:

PLS-DIn-1 In 1 Start

PLS-DIn-2 In 2 Stop

PLS-DIn-3 In 3 Abort

PLS-DIn-5 In 5 Acknowledge event message

PLS-DIn-6 n/a Print Sub-total

PLS-DIn-7 n/a Print Total/Clear Balance

Outputs:
Signal Phys. Function:

PLS-Dout-1 Out 1 Full feed

PLS-Dout-2 Out 2 Dribble feed

PLS-Dout-3 Out 3 Discharge Contact

PLS-Dout-4 Out 4 Ready to operate (no fault)

PLS-Dout-5 Out 5 Feeding active

PLS-Aout-1 AnalogOut Output of a value (Depending on choice)

6.1.4 Standard Operating Sequence


This item explains the regular operating activities, i.e.

• Perform feed operation


• Print weigh data.

For other regular activities, e.g. enter setpoint and string, see manual BV-H2335, Item
4.2.

Feeding - With Automatic Taring Upon Feed Start


Feeding starts and normally continues until feeding is complete. Before start of
feeding (F3 key) , enter or check setpoint.
You can stop feeding at any time, restart and complete, or abort it.
Every weighing operation (aborted or complete) is balanced automatically.
If feeding is complete, a weighing report is printed.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 148 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Filling Scale

Feeding - Without Automatic Taring Upon Feed Start


Feeding can also be performed without automatic taring. To do so, set function block
parameter Taring to No.
Weight value displayed is used as setpoint.

Exception: Partially Filled Hoppers

Drums are to be filled using a known tare weight. Drums still contain a residual
amount of material (e.g. 4 kg). To reach the defined setpoint (e.g. 50 kg), enter
known tare weight of drum in manual ('9:Manual tare') or select fixed tare value
('8:Select fixed tare'), i.e. scales tares using this value. Upon start of feeding, 46 kg
are added to reach the defined setpoint (e.g. 50 kg).

This items reflects a typical operating sequence of a Filling scale.


Action Display (e.g.) Key(s); Comments
1. DISOMAT must be in G 3.5 kg
home position!
2. Select material type and F9

enter setpoint.

3. Start filling G 3.5 kg F7

apr. 1sec.
Scale waits for no-motion and tares
automatically.
Net T 0.0 kg
Scale is tared.
Filling continues automatically until
setpoint is reached.
4. If required, stop filling. W4004:Filling F8

stopped
(flashes for 20 sec.)
Continue filling with
F7
Net T 55.5 kg

weight already filled


5. If required, abort filling. W4104:Feeding F8

aborted
+
6. Terminate filling. Net T 59.0 kg Filled weight and filling operation
are balanced and printed. Weighing
is complete.
Filled weight is displayed for a set
timeout; then, GROSS is displayed.
Next filling operation can start after
timeout.
7. Discharge hopper If filled weight exceeds MAX value -
-> weigh hopper is automatically
discharged.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 149 -
Function Variants Filling Scale

Alternatively, you can also

• perform a mere GROSS weighing. This function is used, if a hopper


containing a residual amount of material is to be filled. In this case, the taring
operation before filling is omitted.

6.1.5 Operating Activities


There are three types of printout and one print repeat function. For information on
formatting, see manual BV-H2335, Item 5.3.1.
Single Printout
After every fill operation, aborted or completed, system automatically performs a
single printout (weighing report). For single printout, DISOMAT uses form format 2.

Totals Printout
After one (or multiple) weighing operations, you can print total by pressing [F12].
System outputs the cumulative weight value of all fill operations. Then, totals value
(balance) is cleared, i.e. the totals weight of all weighing operations performed and the
number of fill operations are set to zero. For totals printout, DISOMAT uses form
format 3.
Sub-Totals Printout
[F6] lets you print current balance total at any time. After one (or multiple) weighing
operations, you can print sub-total using menu item '33:Print3'. Print pattern is the
same as with totals printout, however, the totals memory is not cleared.
Print Repeat
You can repeat last printout as many times as required by operating the F11 key, e.g.
if you need a copy, or if printer failed and did not produce the initial printout as it
should be.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 150 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Filling Scale

6.1.6 Function Block Diagram


The function block diagram below gives an overview of the entire scale functionality.
For better understanding of your function block diagram, some general explanations
may be helpful. For function block details, please see manual Function Blocks (BV-
H2317).
For control and sequence control of feeding, function block (Fct.Bl.) Fill-Feed Fast is
responsible.

Start/Stop Feeding
Start feeding via function key F1, input contact 1 or PLS-DIn-1. Start,
stop, input contacts and function keys are interlocked with the use of
function blocks Or1-4, Or2-4 and Start/Stop.
Feeding is stopped via function key F2, input contact 2, PLS-DIn-2 or
a system fault.

Abort feeding via function key F8, input contact 3 or PLS-DIn-3.


Control Outputs
Control scale via output contacts using function block Fill-Feed Fast.

Single printout is performed automatically, controlled through output


F-Print fast of function block Fill-Feed Fast.
Ready
Readiness to operate is reported by logical '1' across output contact 4
or PLS-DOut-4. System is ready to operate if no fault or alarm event is
available.
Feeding active
This is reported by logical '1' across output contact 5 or PLS-DOut-5.
Print
Totals printout is output after operation of function key F12
independent of system status.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 151 -
Function Variants Filling Scale

Filling scale Function Block Diagram

You can get the best view by zooming in on the PDF image in the manual on
the screen or with the DISOPLAN program.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 152 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Filling Scale

6.1.7 Parametrisation
You can change various fill weighing parameters.

Without password input, you can change:

• Setpoint, i.e. menu item


o '1:Enter setpoint'
• String, i.e. menu item
o '2:String input'

Using parameter password, you can change:

• All parameters and settings relating to fill operation, i.e. menu items
o '473:Material data'
o '421:FUNCTION VARIANT | Parameter'.
• All parameters and texts relating to printout, i.e. menu items:
o '461:Form texts'
o '462:Form formats'
o '464:String names'
o '467:Reset cons. no.'
• All parameters and values relating to balance, i.e. menu items:
o '471:Max. Balance/Dumps'
o '472:Clear balance'

For details on individual parameters, please see descriptions of relevant menu items,
or function blocks, given in manual 'Function blocks' (BV-H2317).

Filling scale Function Variant Parameters Overview

A. Material Parameters
Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments
Setting Setting
A.1 Menu item '1:Enter setpoint'; Parameter 'Feeding' [1...2]; 'Material' [1...10]; 'Setpoint'
Function: Select actual feeding and set Material and Setpoint
Feeding 1 Setpoint input also possible via function key F3.

Material 1

Setpoint 0,0 kg

A.2 Menu item '473:Material data'; Parameter 'Material' [1...10]; Input with parameter password
Function: Up to 10 definable material data records
Max fill level 0,0 kg The bin is discharged after feed operation if this threshold
is passed.
Min fill level 0,0 kg t has to be below this weight when discharging.
Consider build-ups.
Prefill value 0,0 kg Switching from dribble feed to full feed.
Absolute value for change-over from dribble feed (after
start) to full feed (spillage protection)
Pre contact 0,0 kg (=VK) Breaking full feed; related to main contact (HK);
e.g. Switching value = 100 kg;
Switching value = 100 - VK - HK
= 100 - 10 - 5
= 85 kg
Main Contact 0,0 kg Breaking dribble feed; value related to setpoint;
e.g. 5 kg; Switching value = 95 kg
PLUS Tolerance 0,0 kg There is a fault message if the fed value is more than
'PLUS Tolerance' above the setpoint.
MINUS Tolerance 0,0 kg It is refilled if the value is more than 'MINUS Tolerance'
below the setpoint.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 153 -
Function Variants Filling Scale

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
Optimization factor 0,0 0,2 s Correction of main contact.
Valid, if function block parameter 'Optimization=Yes'.
Discrepancies from the setpoint are weighed with this
factor to calculate the new main contact.
Optimization = 0: No tracing of main contact.
Postfil.pulse length 0,0 s Length of a post-filling impulse.

Maximum feed time 0,0 s Tracing of specified time.


*) If the TimeOut is exceeded, feed operation will STOP;
it can be restarted with START.
Max refil/disch time 0,0 s Tracing of specified time.
*) see above
Full 0,00% Analog control variable on full feed.

Time Ramp 0,0s Switching time full/dribble.

Dribble 0,00% Analog control variable on dribble feed.

Post filling 0,00% Analog control variable on post-filling.

B. Function block parameters


Menu item '421:FUNCTION VARIANT | Parameter'
(with parameter password on commissioning or via DISOPLAN)

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
B.1 Function: Fill-Feed'
Optimization No Switch optimization ON/OFF (Yes/No)
No-motion time 0,0s The maximum time it waits for no-motion state
after feeding.
Delay time 0,0s 0s: Tare memory is not cleared after feeding.
> 0s: Tare memory cleared after input time.
Restart only possible after this time.
Min. discharge time 20,0s When this time has been exceeded, discharging
will stop once the 'Min fill level' parameter has
been exceeded.
Taring Yes Yes = Filling with automatic taring.
No = Filling without automatic taring.
Scale used Displayed Selection: Scale 1, Scale 2, Displayed Scale
Scale
Settling time 0,0s Time that can be set between the main contact
dropping (dribble feed) and tolerance check.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 154 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Filling Scale

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
Auto Refill Off This parameter defines DISOMAT’s behaviour
when discharging the filling scale:
'Off': It is not
automatically
discharged.
'BEFORE start+ManEnable': The scale is
discharged if it is
higher than 'Min
fill level' (material
data) before
starting and it
does not start
automatically.
'BEFORE start+AutmEnable': As above, but it is
automatically
started after
discharging.
'AFTER end': It is discharged
after feeding if
weight > 'Max fill
level'.
'Multiple+ManEnable': This is used when
Setpoint > Scale
Capacity. The
system stops at
'Max fill level',
discharges and
waits for manual
release again.
'Multiple+AutmEnable': As above, but with
automatic restart.

B.2 Function: Single print


Note: More settings for print image via Form Format 2
Delay time 0,0s 0s: Print-out at no-motion state; no time
limit
1...999s: Waiting-time to no-motion state.
Print option Off 'Off': No data output to the data
processing system and no
balancing
'To Edp': Data output to the data
processing system after printout
'Balance': Balance before printout
'EDP/Balance': Balance before printout and
output data to the data
processing system after printout

B.3 Function: Total print (totals printout and clear balance)


Note: More settings for print image via Form Format 3
Delay time 0,0s see above
Print option Off
B.4 Function: Balance print (sub-totals printout)
Note: More settings for print image via Form Format 4
Delay time 0,0s see above
Print option Off
B.5 Function: Scale reloaded (clear tare after reloading the scale)
Type Percent Selection: Percent, Weight, Balance
High 0,1

Low 0,11

B.6 Function: Analog Out


Range Off 4 ... 20 mA Selection: 'aus', '0-20mA', '4-20mA'
B.7 Function: Analog source (issue of a quantity at the analog output)

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 155 -
Function Variants Filling Scale

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
Source Gross This block selects what quantity is issued at the
analog output and how it is scaled.
The quantities and reference values are:
Source Dimension for Min/Max
'Gross': The scale's dimension
'Net': The scale's dimension
'dW/dt': The scale's dimension / h
'PLS-AIn-1/EDV': none; the IEEE value of the
PLS-AIn is issued
'Set value': 0 ... 100 % (0/4 ... 20 mA)
'Setpoint': The scale's dimension
'Act. value [%]': Percent of setpoint
'Act. value[Dim]': The scale's dimension
'Resid. val [%]': Percent of setpoint
'Resid. val[Dim]': The scale's dimension
'Next Setpoint': The scale's dimension
Reference MIN 0,00000 Defines, at which value 0 % is issued.
Reference MAX 0,00000 Defines, at which value 100 % is issued.
B.8 Function: PLS-Aout-1 (Scaling the parallel output of the analog output to the PLS analog output 1.)
Reference value 100000,000 = Reference MAX

B.9 Function: Key 'Start' (help text for key F1; respectively max. 5 chars)
English Start
Loaded language Start
German Start
B.10 Function: Key 'Stop' (help text for key F2)
English Stop
Loaded language Stop
German Stopp
B.11 Function: Key 'Abort' (help text for key F8)
English Cancl
Loaded language Cancl
German Abbr
B.12 Function: Key 'Mat. + Setpoint' (help text for key F3)
English Setp
Loaded language Setp
German Sollw
B.13 Function: Key 'Sub-Total' (help text for key F6)
English SbTot
Loaded language SbTot
German ZwSum
B.14 Function: Key 'Total' (help text for key F12)
English Total
Loaded language Total
German EndSu
B.15 Function: Key 'Repeat last printout' (help text for key F11)
English RpPrt
Loaded language RpPrt
German DrWdh

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 156 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Discharge Scale

6.2 Discharge Scale

6.2.1 General Functioning

Before operating a discharge scale, make yourself familiar with the


general functioning of your DISOMAT.

The discharge scale is designed to batch material out of a weigh hopper. Single and
multiple discharge operations are possible.

®
Tersus

1234,56kg
e= 0,1 /0,1/0,5kg Min 2kg Max 0,3 /0,3/1t

B 0 2
Scale 2
11.06.2007 15:01:33
In:-------- W Out:-+-+--------
DrWdh EndSu
HTara Beiz TaLst Wägen ZwSum

!:| $ F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F?

Filling
DISOMAT controls a fill unit for filling in full feed and dribble feed until setpoint is
reached. the amount fed out is checked for tolerance; if required, make-up filling takes
place. In case of overfill, an event message is output.
To start filling,

• Press F1 key, or
• Set input contact In 1, or
• Set PLS-DIn-1 (set bit via fieldbus) or
• DP command (telegram via serial interface)

To stop filling,

• Press F2 key, or
• Set input contact In 2, or
• Set PLS-DIn-2, or
• DP command.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 157 -
Function Variants Discharge Scale

To abort filling,

• Press F8 key, or
• Set input contact In 3, or
• Set PLS-DIn-3, or
• DP command.

Fill parameters (Prefill value, Pre contact, Main Contact, PLUS Tolerance, MINUS
Tolerance and Optimization factor) depend on material properties.
Menu item '473:Material data' lets you store 10 parameter records (corresponding) to
10 different material properties). Parameter record is selected upon setpoint input in
form of the material number.

For details of fill parameters see corresponding chapter 'Parametrisation'.

Refilling
Weigh hopper is refilled from surge hopper via a gate/valve (Out 3). The behavior
when refilling is determined by the parameter Auto Refill (see chapter
'Parametrisation' -> section 'B. Function block parameters').
Refilling commences as soon as the amount in weigh hopper has fallen below the
value of parameter Min fill level and continues until the value of parameter Max fill
level is reached. Set these parameters via material data.
Refilling takes place if

1. discharge operation is complete, and


2. gross weight in hopper is smaller than the value of parameter Min fill level.

Refilling continues until the value of parameter Max fill level is reached.
With the use of different parameter settings, single and multiple fill operations can be
realized:

• Single Filling: With single fill operations, set parameters Min fill level and
Max fill level to the same value (in excess of setpoint).

• Multiple Filling: Here, the maximun value of a bulk solids dump equals (Max
Fill Level - Min Fill Level). The residual amount is divided up equally for the
two last bulk solids dumps.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 158 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Discharge Scale

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 159 -
Function Variants Discharge Scale

6.2.2 Function Keys


With the Discharge scale, the function keys are assigned as follows (Display current
assignment using [SHIFT+OK]):

F7 'Start Filling'
F1 key: 'Start'

F8 'Stop Filling'
F2 key: 'Stop'
Resume filling with F1 = Start.
F9 'Select material, enter setpoint'
F3 key: 'Mat. + Setpoint'

F10 n/a

F11
n/a

F12 'Print Sub-total'


F6 key: 'Sub-Total'

F7
n/a

F8 'Abort Filling'
F8 key: 'Abort'

F9
n/a

F10
n/a

F11 'Repeat Printing of Weigh Report'


F11 key: 'Repeat last printout'

F12 'Print Total/Clear Balance'


F12 key: 'Total'

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 160 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Discharge Scale

6.2.3 Inputs and Outputs


The PLS-DIn-x or PLS-DOut-x signals are used to control the scale by computer or
fieldbus. They normally function at the same time as the physical inputs or outputs.

Inputs:
Signal Phys. Function:

PLS-DIn-1 In 1 Start

PLS-DIn-2 In 2 Stop

PLS-DIn-3 In 3 Abort

PLS-DIn-5 In 5 Acknowledge event message

PLS-DIn-6 n/a Print Sub-total

PLS-DIn-7 n/a Print Total/Clear Balance

Outputs:
Signal Phys. Function:

PLS-Dout-1 Out 1 Full feed

PLS-Dout-2 Out 2 Dribble feed

PLS-Dout-3 Out 3 Refill Contact

PLS-Dout-4 Out 4 Ready to operate (no fault)

PLS-Dout-5 Out 5 Feeding active

PLS-Aout-1 AnalogOut Output of a value (Depending on choice)

6.2.4 Standard Operating Sequence


This item explains the regular operating activities, i.e.

• Perform feed operation


• Print weigh data.

For other regular activities, e.g. enter setpoint and string, see Item 4.2.

Feeding
Feeding starts and normally continues until feeding is complete. Before start of
feeding (F3 key) , enter or check setpoint.
You can stop feeding at any time, restart and complete, or abort it.
Every weighing operation (aborted or complete) is balanced automatically.
If feeding is complete, a weighing report is printed.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 161 -
Function Variants Discharge Scale

This items reflects a typical operating sequence of a Discharge scale.

Action Display (e.g.) Key(s); Comments


1. DISOMAT must be in G 3.5 kg
home position!
2. Select material type and F9

enter setpoint.

3. Start discharging. G 3.5 kg F7

apr. 1sec.
Scale waits for no-motion and tares
automatically.
Net T 0.0 kg
Scale is tared.
Discharging continues automatically
until setpoint is reached.
4. If required, stop W4004:Filling F8

discharging. stopped
(flashes for 20 sec.)
Continue discharging with
F7

Net T 55.5 kg

weight already
discharged
5. If required, abort W4104:Feeding F8

discharging. aborted
+
6. Terminate discharging. Net T 59.0 kg Filled weight and discharging
operation are balanced and printed.
Weighing is complete.
Filled weight is displayed for a set
timeout; then, GROSS is displayed.
Next discharging operation can start
after timeout.
7. Discharge hopper. Upon discharge weighing, hopper is
refilled as soon as fill level in
storage hopper falls below the Refill
value.

6.2.5 Operating Activities


There are three types of printout and one print repeat function.
For information on formatting, see manual BV-H2335, Item 5.3.1.
Single Printout
After every fill operation, aborted or completed, system automatically performs a
single printout (weighing report). For single printout, DISOMAT uses form format 2.

Totals Printout
After one (or multiple) weighing operations, you can print total by pressing the F12
key. System outputs the cumulative weight value of all fill operations. Then, totals

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 162 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Discharge Scale

value (balance) is cleared, i.e. the totals weight of all weighing operations performed
and the number of fill operations are set to zero. For total printout, DISOMAT uses
form format 3.
Sub-Totals Printout
Function key F6 lets you print current balance total at any time. After one (or multiple)
weighing operations, you can print sub-total using menu item '33:Print3'. Print pattern
is the same as with totals printout, however, the totals memory is not cleared.
Print Repeat
You can repeat last printout as many times as required by operating the F11 key, e.g.
if you need a copy, or if printer failed and did not produce the initial printout as it
should be.

6.2.6 Function Block Diagram


The function block diagram below gives an overview of the entire scale functionality.
For better understanding of your function block diagram, some general explanations
may be helpful. For function block details, please see manual Function Blocks (BV-
H2317).
For control and sequence control of feeding, function block D-Feed Fast is
responsible.
Start/Stop Feeding
Start feeding via function block F1, input contact 1 or PLS-DIn-1.
Start, stop, input contacts and function keys are interlocked with the
use of function blocks Or1-4, Or2-4 und Start/Stop.
Feeding is stopped via function key F2, input contact 2, PLS-DIn-2 or
a system fault.

Abort feeding via function key F8, input contact 3 or PLS-DIn-3.


Control Outputs
Control scale via output contact using function block D-Feed Fast.
Single printout is performed automatically, controlled through output
D-Print fast of function block D-Feed Fast.
Ready
Readiness to operate is reported by logical '1' across output contact 4
or PLS-DOut-4. System is ready to operate if no fault or alarm event is
available.
Feeding active
This is reported by logical '1' across output contact 5 or PLS-DOut-5.
Print
Totals printout is output after operation of function key F12
independent of system status.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 163 -
Function Variants Discharge Scale

Discharge scale Function Block Diagram

You can get the best view by zooming in on the PDF image in the manual on
the screen or with the DISOPLAN program.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 164 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Discharge Scale

6.2.7 Parametrisation
You can change various parameters of function variant.

Without password input, you can change:

• Setpoint, i.e. menu item


o '1:Enter setpoint'
• String, i.e. menu item
o '2:String input'

Using parameter password, you can change:

• All parameters and settings relating to fill operation, i.e. menu items
o '473:Material data'
o '421:FUNCTION VARIANT | Parameter'.
• All parameters and texts relating to printout, i.e. menu items:
o '461:Form texts'
o '462:Form formats'
o '464:String names'
o '467:Reset cons. no.'
• All parameters and values relating to balance, i.e. menu items:
o '471:Max. Balance/Dumps'
o '472:Clear balance'

For details on individual parameters, please see descriptions of relevant menu items,
or function blocks, given in manual 'Function blocks' (BV-H2317).

Discharge scale Function Variant Parameters Overview

A. Material Parameters
Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments
Setting Setting
A.1 Menu item '1:Enter setpoint'; Parameter 'Feeding' [1...2]; 'Material' [1...10]; 'Setpoint'
Function: Select actual feeding and set Material and Setpoint
Feeding 1 Setpoint input also possible via function key F3.

Material 1

Setpoint 0,0 kg

A.2 Menu item '473:Material data'; Parameter 'Material' [1...10]; Input with parameter password
Function: Up to 10 definable material data records
Max fill level 0,0 kg

Min fill level 0,0 kg

Prefill value 0,0 kg Switching from dribble feed to full feed.


Absolute value for change-over from dribble feed (after
start) to full feed (spillage protection)
Pre contact 0,0 kg (=VK) Breaking full feed; related to main contact (HK);
e.g. Switching value = 100 kg;
Switching value = 100 - VK - HK
= 100 - 10 - 5
= 85 kg
Main Contact 0,0 kg Breaking dribble feed; value related to setpoint;
e.g. 5 kg; Switching value = 95 kg
PLUS Tolerance 0,0 kg There is a event message if the fed value is more than
'PLUS Tolerance' above the setpoint.
MINUS Tolerance 0,0 kg It is refilled if the value is more than 'MINUS Tolerance'
below the setpoint.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 165 -
Function Variants Discharge Scale

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
Optimization factor 0,0 0,2 s Correction of main contact.
Valid, if function block parameter 'Optimization=Yes'.
Discrepancies from the setpoint are weighed with this
factor to calculate the new main contact.
Optimization = 0: No tracing of main contact.
Postfil.pulse length 0,0 s Length of a post-filling impulse.

Maximum feed time 0,0 s Tracing of specified time.


*) If the TimeOut is exceeded, feed operation will STOP; it
can be restarted with START.
Max refil/disch time 0,0 s Tracing of specified time.
*) see above
Full 0,00% Analog control variable on full feed.

Time Ramp 0,0s Switching time full/dribble.

Dribble 0,00% Analog control variable on dribble feed.

Post filling 0,00% Analog control variable on post-filling.

B. Function block parameters


Menu item '421:FUNCTION VARIANT | Parameter'
(with parameter password on commissioning or via DISOPLAN)

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
B.1 Function:'D-Feed':
Optimization No Switch optimization ON/OFF (Yes/No)
No-motion time 0,0s The maximum time it waits for no-motion state after
feeding.
Delay time 0,0s 0s: Tare memory is not cleared after feeding.
> 0s: Tare memory cleared after input time.
Restart only possible after this time.
Scale used Displayed Selection: Scale 1, Scale 2, Displayed Scale
Scale
Settling time 0,0s Time that can be set between the main contact
dropping (dribble feed) and tolerance check.
Auto Refill Off This parameter defines DISOMAT’s behaviour when
refilling the discharge scale:
'Off': It is not
automatically
refilled.
'BEFORE start+ManEnable': The scale is refilled
if it is lower than
'Min fill level'
(material data)
before starting and
it does not start
automatically.
'BEFORE start+AutmEnable': As above, but it is
automatically
started after refilling.
'AFTER end': It is refilled after
feeding if weight <
'Min fill level'.
'Multiple+ManEnable': This is used when
Setpoint > Scale
Capacity. The
system stops at 'Min
fill level', refills and
waits for manual
release again.
'Multiple+AutmEnable': As above, but with
automatic restart.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 166 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Discharge Scale

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
B.2 Function: Single print
Note: More settings for print image via Form Format 2
Delay time 0,0s 0s: Print-out at no-motion state; no time limit
1...999s: Waiting-time to no-motion state.
Print option Off 'Off': No data output to the data
processing system and no
balancing
'To Edp': Data output to the data processing
system after printout
'Balance': Balance before printout
'EDP/Balance': Balance before printout and output
data to the data processing system
after printout

B.3 Function: Total print (totals printout and clear balance)


Note: More settings for print image via Form Format 3
Delay time 0,0s see above
Print option Off
B.4 Function: Balance print (sub-totals printout)
Note: More settings for print image via Form Format 4
Delay time 0,0s see above
Print option Off
B.5 Function: Analog Out
Range Off 4-20mA Selection: 'aus', '0-20mA', '4-20mA'

B6 Function: Analog source (issue of a quantity at the analog output)


Source Gross This block selects what quantity is issued at the
analog output and how it is scaled.
The quantities and reference values are:

Source Dimension for Min/Max


'Gross': The scale's dimension
'Net': The scale's dimension
'dW/dt': The scale's dimension / h
'PLS-AIn-1/EDV': none; the IEEE value of the
PLS-AIn is issued
'Set value': 0 ... 100 % (0/4 ... 20 mA)
'Setpoint': The scale's dimension
'Act. value [%]': Percent of setpoint
'Act. value[Dim]': The scale's dimension
'Resid. val [%]': Percent of setpoint
'Resid. val[Dim]': The scale's dimension
'Next Setpoint': The scale's dimension
Reference MIN 0,00000 Defines, at which value 0 % is issued.
Reference MAX 0,00000 Defines, at which value 100 % is issued.

B.7 Function: PLS-Aout-1 (Scaling the parallel output of the analog output to the PLS analog output 1.)
Reference value 100000,000 = Reference MAX

B.8 Function: Key 'Start' (help text for key F1; respectively max. 5 chars)
English Start
Loaded language Start
German Start
B.9 Function: Key 'Stop' (help text for key F2)
English Stop
Loaded language Stop
German Stopp

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 167 -
Function Variants Discharge Scale

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
B.10 Function: Key 'Abort' (help text for key F8)
English Cancl
Loaded language Cancl
German Abbr
B.11 Function: Key 'Mat. + Setpoint' (help text for key F3)
English Setp
Loaded language Setp
German Sollw
B.12 Function: Key 'Sub-Total' (help text for key F6)
English SbTot
Loaded language SbTot
German ZwSum
B.13 Function: Key 'Total' (help text for key F12)
English Total
Loaded language Total
German EndSu
B.14 Function: Key 'Repeat last printout' (help text for key F11)
English RpPrt
Loaded language RpPrt
German DrWdh

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 168 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Crane Scale

6.3 Crane Scale


6.3.1 General Functioning

This item describes the "Crane scale Function Variant" designed for the 1-
channel variant!

For crane scales with comprehensive functionality (e.g. with two trolleys and
scales with collective load memory) you'll find details in
'DISOMAT Tersus Crane Scale Service Instructions' (BV-H2339).

Before operating a Crane scale, make yourself familiar with the general
functioning of your DISOMAT.

Ground-controlled crane scale: Start basic functions via control unit (pendant or
remote control). Output information on weight and system status on large-size display.
Enter all further settings on DISOMAT keyboard.
Information from ground-controlled crane scale is output on large-size display
DLZ 055/DLZ 111 (weight value, error information, status messages):
Scale tared = Net
Scale exact zero = -0-
Printing active = Yellow LED ¹

¹ With two-channel variants: Active scale 1, 2 or 3 (twin-unit) is output in yellow


luminous field.

Cab-controlled crane scale: Controlled from DISOMAT direct.

Crane Scale Large-Size Display (DLZ 55/111)


®
Tersus
Status Lamps
1234,56kg
e= 0,1 /0,1/0,5kg Min 2kg Max 0,3 /0,3/1t
yellow
ß

B 0 2
Scale 2 -0- NET
11.06.2007 15:01:33
In:-------- W Out:-+-+--------
DrWdh EndSu
HTara Beiz TaLst Wägen ZwSum

!:| $ F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F?

2100 kg
AnalogOut

Slagging rope: Out 1


Overload: Out 2
Changeover Load To Be Lifted: Out 3
MaxMax: Out 4
Ready for use: Out 6

Pendant

Keys arrangement In 1: Save Tare / Clear Tare Infrared Transmission


may be
different
In 2: Check / Set To Zero - Ackn. Event

In 3: Totals Printout

In 4: Single Printout Printer

Tersus_FKT_KRANWG_aa.cdr

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 169 -
Function Variants Crane Scale

6.3.2 Function Keys


With the Crane scale, the function keys are assigned as follows (Display current
assignment using [SHIFT+OK]):

Cab control keys

F7 'Enter tare value in manual'


F1 key: 'Tare manual'

F8 'Enter string'
F2 key: 'String input'

F9 'Select tare value from list'


F3 key: 'Tare from list'

F10 'Weigh and print'


F4 key: 'Weighing'
Print and store weigh data. Scale is ready for next weighing
operation as soon as crane is relieved.

F11 F5 key: n/a

F12 'Print sub-total'


F6 key: 'Sub-Total'

F7 F7 key: n/a

F8 F8 key: n/a

F9 F9 key: n/a

F10 F10 key: n/a

F11 'Repeat Printing of Weigh Report'


F11 key: 'Repeat last printout'

F12 'Print total and clear balance'


F6 key: 'Total'

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 170 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Crane Scale

Pendant keys

You can operate your crane scale via pendant or remote control unit. Using the
pendant keys you can perform the functions "Acquire Tare', 'Clear Tare', 'Test', 'Zero
Scale' and 'Acknowledge', and print weighing reports on connected printer, if any.
The pendant caters for the following symbols:
'Acquire/Clear Tare' key
This key has two functions:
If not tare has been acquired yet, key operation acquires tare:
Display reads NET.
If tare has been acquired, key operation clears tare memory:
Display reads GROSS.
'Test/Zero Set - Acknowledge Error'

Test display and set scale to zero = touch key less than 1
sec.

Display test is performed. Scale is set to zero. Zeroing is


possible only if scale is in no-motion and weight of load on
scale in zeroing range.

Acknowledge event message = press key longer than 1 sec.

Event class 'S' messages (=Fault) can be acknowledged on


DISOMAT keyboard after password input.
'Weigh and Print'
Corresponds to F4 key on device.
Use key for single printout (weigh slip) after every weighing
operation. DISOMAT uses print pattern 2.
New printout is possible only after relief of crane.
'Print Total / Clear Balance'
Corresponds to F12 key on device.
Use key to perform totals printout after one or multiple weighing
operations. The cumulative weight value of all weighing
operations is printed. Then, value (cumulative weight) is
cleared, i.e. totals weight and number of weighing operations
are set to zero. DISOMAT uses print pattern 3.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 171 -
Function Variants Crane Scale

6.3.3 Inputs and Outputs


The PLS-DIn-x or PLS-DOut-x signals are used to control the scale by computer or
fieldbus. They function at the same time as the physical inputs or outputs.

Inputs:

Signal Phys. Function:

PLS-DIn-1 In 1 Set Tare / Clear Tare

PLS-DIn-2 Acknowledge event message (long)


In 2
PLS-DIn-5 Set to zero / Test (short)

PLS-DIn-3 In 3 Print total and clear balance

PLS-DIn-4 In 4 Weigh and print,


weight is transferred to sum

In 5
n/a ... n/a
In 8

Outputs:

Signal Phys. Function:

PLS-DOut-1 Out 1 Slagging rope

PLS-DOut-2 Out 2 Overload

PLS-DOut-3 Out 3 Switching the elevated load to higher performance

PLS-DOut-4 Out 4 MaxMax

n/a Out 5 n/a

PLS-DOut-6 Out 6 Ready to operate (no fault)

Out 7
n/a ... n/a
Out 12

PLS-Aout-1 AnalogOut Output of a value (depending on choice)

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 172 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Crane Scale

6.3.4 Standard Operating Sequence


This item reflects a typical operating sequence of a Crane scale:

Action Display (e.g.) Key(s); Comments


1. DISOMAT B plus must G 0.0 kg If scale display does not read zero:
be in home position! ->'Zero Scale' key
Set display type: 'NET'

2.Hook on ropes or cross- G 103.5 kg


members, acquire tare.
'Acquire Tare' key
Net T 0.0 kg Scale is tared

3. Pick up load. Net T 205.0 kg Scale shows NET weight.

4.If need be, enter weight of F7 F9

packaging or shopping do.


pallets as manual tare or
value, or select value from
list of Fixed Tare values.
Not necessary if item 2 has
been performed.

do. F?

Acquire input with key


5. If need be, enter string. F8

do.

6. Weigh and print. F10

do.
Print or store weigh data. Relieve
crane to perform next weighing
operation.
7. Totally relieve scale.
8. Clear tare memory.
'Clear Tare' key
G 308.5 kg Weighing is complete. Remove load
from scale, and scale is ready for
next weighing operation.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 173 -
Function Variants Crane Scale

6.3.5 Function Block Diagram


The function block diagram below gives an overview of the entire scale functionality.
For better understanding of your function block diagram, some general explanations
may be helpful. For function block details, please see manual Function Blocks (BV-
H2317).
Crane scale is controlled via input contacts 1-4 (ground-controlled crane scale).

Contact: Explanation:

Input 1 Starts 'Acquire Tare' / 'Clear Tare' (depending upon


condition). Realized with function blocks Tared, And1,
And2 and Not1.

Input 2 Starts as a function of time 'Test Display' / 'Zero Scale'


(short) or 'Acknowledge Event' (long) functions. Zero
setting is realized with function blocks Cycle1, Counter1,
Not3, And4 und TestZero; acknowledge error, with
function blocks Delay1 and Ackn.Err.

Input 3 Realizes totals printout using function block Print3; time-


delayed resetting of balance, using function blocks Delay2,
Print3 and Bal..
If an OR circuitry is used, totals printout can be started by
key operation (function blocks Key F3, Or3).

Input 4 (In OR circuitry with Key F4): Starts single printout with
balancing (function block Print2). An AND circuitry with
storage ensures that printing and balancing can be
performed only once per weighing (function blocks And3,
Mem1, Not2). Weighing is considered complete if a weight
value in comparator (function block Comparator3) is
exceeded down.

Contact: Explanation:

Output GROSS-related check results (load to be lifted,


slagging rope, overload). System acquires results in
comparators (function blocks Comparator4, Output1,
Output2).

Output 1 Slagging rope

Output 2 Overload

Output 3 Switching the elevated load to higher performance

Output 4 MaxGross (MaxMax)

Output 6 Ready to operate (no fault)

Analog Out Output of a value (depending on choice)

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 174 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Crane Scale

Crane Scale Function Block Diagram (1-channel Variant)

You can get the best view by zooming in on the PDF image in the manual on
the screen or with the DISOPLAN program.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 175 -
Function Variants Crane Scale

6.3.6 Parametrisation
You can change various parameters of function variant.
Without password input, you can change:

• String, i.e. menu item


o '2:String input'

Using parameter password, you can change:

• All parameters and settings relating to weighing operation, i.e. menu item
o '421:FUNCTION VARIANT | Parameter'.

• All parameters and texts relating to printout, i.e. menu items


o '461:Form texts'
o '462:Form formats'
o '464:String names'
o '467:Reset cons. no.'

• All parameters and values relating to balance, i.e. menu items


o '471:Max. Balance/Dumps'
o '472:Clear balance'

For details on individual parameters, please see descriptions of relevant menu items,
or function blocks, given in manual 'Function blocks' (BV-H2317).

Crane scale Function Variant Parameters Overview


A. Function block parameters
Menu item '421:FUNCTION VARIANT | Parameter'
(with parameter password on commissioning or via DISOPLAN)

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
A.1 Function: Slack wire : Detect slagging rope (Function block 'Output 1')
Contact drops if weight falls below set LOW value. The difference between HIGH and LOW results in the
hysteresis.
FComp. High
High > Low Low < 0
FComp. Low

Scale used Scale 1 Selection: Scale 1, Scale 2

A.2 Function: Overload : Report overload (Function block: 'Output 2')


Contact drops if weight exceeds set LOW value. The difference between HIGH and LOW results in the
hysteresis.
FComp. High
Low > High
FComp. Low

Scale used Scale 1 Selection: Scale 1, Scale 2

A.3 Function: Gross Max. : = MaxMax (Function block 'Output 4')


FComp. High
Low > High
FComp. Low

Scale used Scale 1 Auswahl: Scale 1, Scale 2

A.4 Function: Doubleprint locklvl : The "Crane Relieved" criterion is used to avoid unintended double printout
with double balancing.
Type Percent Selection: Percent, Weight, Balance

High
Low > High
Low

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 176 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Crane Scale

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
A.5 Function: High liftspeed : Changeover load to be lifted; practically cut-off by default setting. If changeover is
required, enter corresponding values.
Type Percent Selection: Percent, Weight, Balance

High
High > Low
Low

A.6 Function: Single print : Weighing and Printing


Note.: More settings for print image via Form Format 2
Delay time 20,0s 0s: Print-out at no-motion state;
no time limit
1...999s: Waiting-time to no-motion
state.
Print option Balance 'Off': No data output to the
data processing
system and no
balancing
'To Edp': Data output to the
data processing
system after printout
'Balance': Balance before
printout
'EDP/Balance': Balance before
printout and output
data to the data
processing system
after printout

A.7 Function: Analog Out


Range Off 4 ... 20 mA Selection: 'Off', '0-20mA', '4-20mA'

A.8 Function: Analog source : This block selects what quantity is issued at the analog output and how it is
scaled.
Source Gross The quantities and reference values are:
Source Dimension for
Min/Max
'Gross': The scale's
dimension
'Net': The scale's
dimension
'dW/dt': The scale's
dimension / h
'PLS-AIn-1/EDV': none; the IEEE
value of the PLS-
AIn is issued
'Set value': 0 ... 100 % (0/4 ...
20 mA)
'Setpoint': The scale's
dimension
'Act. value [%]': Percent of setpoint
'Act. value[Dim]': The scale's
dimension
'Resid. val [%]': Percent of setpoint
'Resid. val[Dim]': The scale's
dimension
'Next Setpoint': The scale's
dimension
Reference MIN 0,00000 Defines, at which value 0 % is issued.
Reference MAX 0,00000 Defines, at which value 100 % is issued.
A.9 Function: PLS-Aout-1 : Scaling the parallel output of the analog output to the PLS analog output 1.
Reference value 10000,000 = Reference MAX

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 177 -
Function Variants Cargo Scale

6.4 Cargo Scale

6.4.1 General Functioning

Before operating a Cargo scale, make yourself familiar with the general
functioning of your DISOMAT.

The Cargo scale is designed to weigh single unit loads. The unit loads are positioned
on scale and remain there until weighing is complete.
The weighing result can be printed, to be then automatically balanced.
If printing is complete, output contact 1 ('Weighing Complete') turns logical 1 for a
settable time (function block Delay1, parameters StartDelay, EndDelay).
If scale identifies a fault, output contact 2 ('Ready') turns logical 0.

Cargo Scale (Example: Roller Train Scale) In 1: Weigh and Print

Material To Be Weighed In 2: Acquire Tare

In 3: Clear Tare
Pallet
In 4: Set Scale To Zero

In 5: Acknowledge Event

>

Out 1: Weighing Complete


®
Tersus

1234,56kg
e= 0,1 /0,1/0,5kg Min 2kg Max 0,3 /0,3/1t

Out 2: Ready to Operate


ß

B 0 2
Scale 2 Out 3: MIN
11.06.2007 15:01:33
In:-------- W Out:-+-+--------
DrWdh EndSu Out 4: MAX
HTara Beiz TaLst Wägen ZwSum

!:| $ F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F?


AnalogOut

Printer
stueck-tersus.cdr

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 178 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Cargo Scale

6.4.2 Function Keys


With the 'Cargo scale', the function keys are assigned as follows (Display current
assignment using [SHIFT+OK]):

F7 'Enter Tare Value In Manual'


F1 key: 'Tare manual'

F8 'Enter String'
F2 key: 'String input'

F9 'Select Tare Value From List'


F3 key: 'Tare from list'

F10 'Weigh and Print'


F4 key: 'Weighing'

F11 F5 key: n/a

F12 'Print Sub-total'


F6 key: 'Sub-Total'

F7 F7 key: n/a

F8 F8 key: n/a

F9 F9 key: n/a

F10 F10 key: n/a

F11 'Repeat Printing of Weigh Report'


F11 key: 'Repeat last printout'

F12 'Print Total and Clear Balance'


F12 key: 'Total'

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 179 -
Function Variants Cargo Scale

6.4.3 Inputs and Outputs


The PLS-DIn-x or PLS-DOut-x signals are used to control the scale by computer or
fieldbus. They function at the same time as the physical inputs or outputs.

Inputs:

Signal Phys. Function:

PLS-DIn-1 In 1 Weigh and Print

PLS-DIn-2 In 2 Acquire Tare

PLS-DIn-3 In 3 Clear Tare

PLS-DIn-4 In 4 Set to zero

PLS-DIn-5 In 5 Acknowledge event

In 6
n/a ... n/a
In 8

PLS-DIn-6 n/a Print Sub-Total

PLS-DIn-7 n/a Print Total/Clear Balance

Outputs:

Signal Phys. Function:

PLS-DOut-1 Out 1 Weighing complete (impulse after printout)

PLS-DOut-2 Out 2 Ready to operate (no fault)

PLS-DOut-3 Out 3 Lower threshold;


Min-Contact releases, if scale is under Min

PLS-DOut-4 Out 4 Upper threshold;


Max-Contact releases, if scale is over Max

Out 5
n/a ... n/a
Out 12

PLS-Aout-1 AnalogOut Output of a value (Depending on choice)

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 180 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Cargo Scale

6.4.4 Standard Operating Sequence


This item reflects a typical operating sequence of a Cargo scale.

GROSS/NET Weighing With Unknown Tare Weight

Action Display (e.g.) Key(s); Comments


1. DISOMAT must be in G 0.0 kg If scale display does not read zero:
home position! -> 'Zero Scale' key
Set display type: 'NET'

2. Put pallet (TARE weight) G 103.5 kg


on scale and store tare.
'Acquire Tare' key
Net T 0.0 kg Scale is tared.

3. Put good to be weighed Net T 205.0 kg Scale displays NET weight.


on pallet.
4. If required, enter string. F8

do.
F?

do.
Acknowledge with key
5. Weigh and print F10

do.
Print weigh report
6. Clear tare memory
do.

G 308.5 kg Weighing is complete. Remove


good to be weighed from scale.
Scale is ready for next weighing
operation.

Alternatively, you can also

• perform a mere GROSS weighing. 'Acquire Tare' and 'Clear Tare' functions
are omitted.
• key in a known hopper or pallet dead weight. Use 'Enter Tare In Manual'
function ( [F1] key) in place of 'Acquire Tare'.
• call up the known hopper or pallet dead weight from the list of stored tare
values. Use the "Select Tare from List" function ( [F3] key) in place of 'Acquire
Tare'.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 181 -
Function Variants Cargo Scale

6.4.5 Operating Activities


This item explains the regular operating activities, i.e.

• Enter manual tare


• Enter string
• Print weigh data.

For other regular operating activities, see manual BV-H2335, Item 4.2, i.e.

• Select fixed tare


• Acknowledge error.

Enter Manual Tare


With the cargo scale, you can enter the tare value in manual

• using function key F1


• in menu tree using menu item '9:Manual tare'

The type of input is the same in either case.


Enter String
With the cargo scale, you can enter string

• using function key F2


• in menu tree using menu item '2:Enter String'

The type of input is the same in either case.

Print Weigh Data


There are three types of printout and one print repeat.
Single Printout
Start single printout after weighing using function key F4, with unit load being
positioned on scale.
Single printout uses form format 1.
For details on form format, see manual BV-H2335, Item 5.3.
Totals Printout
After one (or multiple) weighing operation(s), start totals printout with function key F12.
Totals printout clears balance memory, i.e. number of weighing operations and totals
value are reset. For totals printout, system uses form format 3.
Sub-Totals Printout
After one (or multiple) weighing operation(s), start sub-totals printout using function
key F6 or menu item '33:Print3'. Form of printout is the same as with totals printout,
however, balance is not reset.
Repeat Printout
Repeat last printout as many times as required using function key F11, e.g. if you
need a copy of if printout was faulty.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 182 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Cargo Scale

6.4.6 Function Block Diagram


The function block diagram below gives an overview of the entire scale functionality.
For better understanding of your function block diagram, some general explanations
may be helpful. For function block details, please see manual Function Blocks (BV-
H2317).
Function key F4 (or Input1) starts weighing and printing (function block 'Print1')
provided that no fault is available. Then, Output1(Weighing Complete) turns logical '1'
for a settable time (function block 'Delay1').
In case of fault (function block 'Fault'), Output2 turns logical '0'. After remedy of fault,
Output2 is reset to logical '1'.
Further operating activities are realized via function keys and inputs, i.e.:
Function Function Block
Enter Manual Tare F1 key, Manual Tare
Enter String F2 key
Totals Printout F12 key, Print3, Delay2, BalL;
totals printout automatically clears balance memory.
Acquire Tare Input2, Tare
Clear Tare Input3, Clear Tare
Zero Scale Input4, Set to Zero

Output3 and Output4 realize a MIN/MAX monitoring of scale (function blocks


Output3, Output4, Bin-1).

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 183 -
Function Variants Cargo Scale

'Cargo scale' Function Block Diagram

You can get the best view by zooming in on the PDF image in the manual on
the screen or with the DISOPLAN program.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 184 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Cargo Scale

6.4.7 Parametrisation
You can change various parameters of function variant.
Without password input, you can change:

• String, i.e. menu item


o '2:String input'

Using parameter password, you can change:

• All parameters and settings relating to weighing operation, i.e. menu item
o '421:FUNCTION VARIANT | Parameter'.
• All parameters and texts relating to printout, i.e. menu items
o '461:Form texts'
o '462:Form formats'
o '464:String names'
o '467:Reset cons. no.'
• All parameters and values relating to balance, i.e. menu items
o '471:Max. Balance/Dumps'
o '472:Clear balance
• Fixed tare values, i.e. menu item
o '48:Fixed tare input'.

For details on individual parameters, please see descriptions of relevant menu items,
or function blocks, given in manual 'Function blocks' (BV-H2317).

Cargo scale Function Variant Parameters Overview

A. Function block parameters


Menu item '421:FUNCTION VARIANT | Parameter'
(with parameter password on commissioning or via DISOPLAN)

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
A.1 Function: Weighing : Weighing and Printing (Single Print)
Note: More settings for print image via Form Format 1
Delay time 20,0s 0s: Print-out at no-motion
state; no time limit
1...999s: Waiting-time to no-motion
state.
Print option Balance 'Off': No data output to the
data processing
system and no
balancing
'To Edp': Data output to the
data processing
system after printout
'Balance': Balance before
printout
'EDP/Balance': Balance before
printout and output
data to the data
processing system
after printout

A.2 Function: Total print (totals printout and clear balance)


Note: More settings for print image via Form Format 3
Delay time 0,0s see above
Print option Off

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 185 -
Function Variants Cargo Scale

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
A.3 Function: Balance print (sub-totals printout)
Note: More settings for print image via Form Format 4
Delay time 0,0s see above
Print option Off
A.4 Function: 'Output 3' : Lower threshold
Note: Min-Contact releases, if scale is under Min
FComp. High 10,000kg
High > Low Min Contact
FComp. Low 9,000kg
Scale used Scale 1 Selection: Scale 1, Scale 2

A.5 Function: 'Output 4' : Upper threshold


Note: Max-Contact releases, if scale is over Max
FComp. High 999,000kg
High < Low Max Contact
FComp. Low 1000,000kg
Scale used Scale 1 Selection: Scale 1, Scale 2

A.6 Function: Analog Out

Range Off 4 ... 20 mA Selection: 'Off', '0-20mA', '4-20mA'

A.7 Function: Analog source : This block selects what quantity is issued at the analog output and how it is
scaled.

Source Gross The quantities and reference values are:


Source Dimension for
Min/Max
'Gross': The scale's
dimension
'Net': The scale's
dimension
'dW/dt': The scale's
dimension / h
'PLS-AIn-1/EDV': none; the IEEE
value of the PLS-
AIn is issued
'Set value': 0 ... 100 % (0/4 ...
20 mA)
'Setpoint': The scale's
dimension
'Act. value [%]': Percent of setpoint
'Act. value[Dim]': The scale's
dimension
'Resid. val [%]': Percent of setpoint
'Resid. val[Dim]': The scale's
dimension
'Next Setpoint': The scale's
dimension
Reference MIN 0,00000 Defines, at which value 0 % is issued.

Reference MAX 0,00000 Defines, at which value 100 % is issued.

A.8 Function: PLS-Aout-1 : Scaling the parallel output of the analog output to the PLS analog output 1.

Reference value 10000,000 = Reference


MAX
A.9 Function: Key 'Tare manual' (help text for key F1; respectively max. 5 chars)

English MTare
Loaded language MTare
German HTara

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 186 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Cargo Scale

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
A.10 Function: Key 'String input' (help text for key F2)

English Strng
Loaded language Strng
German Beiz
A.11 Function: Key 'Tare from list' (help text for key F3)

English TaLst
Loaded language TaLst
German TaraL
A.12 Function: Key 'Weighing' (help text for key F4)

English Weigh
Loaded language Weigh
German Wiegn
A.13 Function: Key 'Sub-Total' (help text for key F6)

English SbTot
Loaded language SbTot
German ZwSum
A.14 Function: Key 'Total' (help text for key F12)

English Total
Loaded language Total
German EndSu
A.15 Function: Key 'Repeat last printout' (help text for key F11)

English RpPrt
Loaded language RpPrt
German DrWdh

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 187 -
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

6.5 Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

6.5.1 General Functioning

Before operating a road weighbridge, make yourself familiar with the


general functioning of your DISOMAT.

The ZEUS road/rail weighbridge (Truck scale) is designed to determine and record the
weights of goods unloaded from or loaded onto trucks or wagons.
There are three ways of weight acquisition:

• Two weighing operations, one performed on loaded, the other, on empty


vehicle (first weighing / second weighing).
• Weighing of loaded vehicle and comparison of weight with previously weighed
and permanently stored empty weight (weighing with fixed tare weight).
• Weighing of loaded vehicle and comparison of weight with manually entered
empty weight (single weighing).

6.5.2 Commissioning

In order to be able to call all for commissioning necessary functions in the


correct order, best the configuration password is used.

6.5.2.1 Licensing Road Weighbridge (ZEUS)

If you should later have acquired the option, you must license these first over the
option management.
Proceed in accordance with the guidance in chapter 'Fct. 5e:Option
Management'.

6.5.2.2 Activating Road Weighbridge (ZEUS)

The variant must be loaded.


Proceed in accordance with the guidance in chapter 'Fct. 423:Load variant'.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 188 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

6.5.2.3 Parameterizing Road Weighbridge (ZEUS)

The parameters should be examined and changed if necessary.


Proceed in accordance with the guidance in chapter 'Fct. 421:Parameter'.

For details on individual parameters, please see descriptions of function blocks, given
in manual 'Function blocks' (BV-H2317).
(Menu item '421:FUNCTION VARIANT | Parameter'
(with parameter password on commissioning or via DISOPLAN)

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
A.1 Function: Weighing :

Acknowledge Yes No suspends the prompt 'Continue Weigh' before


printing.
Delay time 10,0s ≥ 1 0s: Print-out at no-motion state; no time limit
1...999s: Waiting-time to no-motion state on First,
Second and Single weighing.

A.2 Function: Traffic light


Note: See chapter 'Signal Control'
Operation mode Single 'Single sided': RIGHT inputs/outputs are ignored or
sided not switched.
--> Normal traffic light control if
Position control = No is simultaneous
'Prefer LEFT': If the vehicle can travel on both sides
of the scale, this defines what
'Prefer RIGHT':
decision is made for who may
'Alternating': approach the scale if vehicles are on
both sides waiting for approach
release after a vehicle exits.

Empty level 100,000kg This defines the weight under which the scale is
deemed relieved.
Max. time to enter 30,0s This defines after what time the ramp traffic light turns
scale red again if there was a mistaken approach request.
Dead time 5,0s This defines how long the next approach is delayed
onto the scale after a vehicle has left the scale. This
time prevents mistaken approach requests from the
exiting vehicle on the exiting side of the scale.
Scale used Scale 1 Scale 1 | Scale 2 | Twin-unit
Position control No The position sensor inputs are queried with Position
control = Yes to correctly position a vehicle on the
scale together with flashing exit traffic lights.
Sensor logic Active 'Active HIGH': This defines the level for the Covered
HIGH status of the sensor and approach
'Active LOW':
request inputs.

A.3 Function: Axle load


Active No If Yes the function block executes an axle load
measurement.
Noise factor 2,0s Range: 1,2 ≤ Value ≤ 9,9
The determined noise value is multiplied by this factor.
The result is used for detection of a new axle on the
scale.
Max. time to enter 15,0s Range: 1,0 ≤ Value ≤ 99,0
scale Maximum time from start to arrival of first axle.
Max. 4,0s Range: 1,0 ≤ Wert ≤ 5,0
measurement The measuring is terminated if no axle has entered/left
time the scale within this time.
Scale used Scale 1 Scale 1 | Scale 2 | Twin-unit
Measurement is done on selected scale.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 189 -
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
Dead time BEGIN 0,2s Range: 0,0 ≤ Value ≤ 5,0
Values are truncated before/after these limits. The
Dead time END 0,2s residual values are used to calculate the axle weight.
Display dur. 5,0s Range: 2,0 ≤ Value ≤ 99,0
Determines the duration of the axle weight display at
the secondary display. After this time the display
returns to normal mode.
A.4 Function: First weighing print :
Note: More settings for print image via Form Format 1

Delay time 0,0s see above; waiting-time is set under 'Weighing'

Print option Off 'Off': No data output to the data processing


system and no balancing
'To Edp': Data output to the data processing
system after printout
'Balance': Balance before printout
'EDP/Balance': Balance before printout and output
data to the data processing system
after printout

A.5 Function: Second weighing print :


Note: More settings for print image via Form Format 2

Delay time 0,0s see above


Print option Off

A.6 Function: Check print :


Note: More settings for print image via Form Format 3

Delay time 10,0s see above


Print option Off

A.7 Function: Key 'First weighing' (help text for key F1; respectively max. 5 chars)

English 1.Wg
Loaded language 1.Wg
German 1.Wg
A.8 Function: Key 'Second weighing' (help text for key F2)

English 2.Wg
Loaded language 2.Wg
German 2.Wg
A.9 Function: Key 'Single weighing' (help text for key F3)

English SngWg
Loaded language SngWg
German EinWg
A.10 Function: Key 'Fix tare weighing' (help text for key F4)

English FTaWg
Loaded language FTaWg
German FTaWg
A.11 Function: Key 'Switch exit Signal to green' (help text for key F5)

English Green
Loaded language Green
German AmpGr

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 190 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

Parameter Name Default Requisite Recommended Comments


Setting Setting
A.12 Function: Key 'Switch scale' (help text for key F6)

English Scale
Loaded language Scale
German Waage
A.13 Function: Key 'External weighing' (help text for key F12)

English ChkWg
Loaded language ChkWg
German KntWg
A.14 Function: Key 'Repeat last printout' (help text for key F11)

English RpPrt
Loaded language RpPrt
German DrWdh

6.5.2.4 Configuring Road Weighbridge (ZEUS)

a. Settings for printing the voucher

See chapter: Operations:


'Fct. 432:Interfaces': Configure the physical interface to be used for the
printer (Interface Parameters).
'Fct. 4333:Printer': Select this interface and make other settings for
printing out the voucher.
For instance, you can deselect the factory settings
according to which a page header is also supposed to
be printed with every print-out (Print page header =
No).
'Fct. 468:Load default form': Load function variant ZEUS standard print forms.
'Fct. 462:Form formats': You can adapt the individual standard printing forms
with the form formats. They are assigned as follows:
First weighing: Form format 1
Second weighing: Form format 2
Single weighing
(Weighing with well-known empty Form format 2
weight):
Fixed tare weighing
Form format 2
(Weighing with fixed tare weight):
External weighing: Form format 3

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 191 -
- 192 -
BV-H2335 GB
Function Variants

menu item.

1228
58:SERVICE
(no password needed)

FILES
b. Settings for weighing operation

581:FILES 582:FILES 583:FILES 584:FILES


1ST WEIGHING FILE FIXED TARE FILE MATERIALS FILE Configuration

5831:MATERIALS FILE 5832:MATERIALS FILE 5833:MATERIALS FILE 5834:MATERIALS FILE 5835:MATERIALS FILE
Show data Clear data Print file Create data Clear mat. totals

5821:FIXED TARE FILE 5822:FIXED TARE FILE 5823:FIXED TARE FILE 5824:FIXED TARE FILE
Show data Clear data Print file Create data

5811:1ST WEIGHING FILE 5812:1ST WEIGHING FILE 5813:1ST WEIGHING FILE Mbaum_ZEUS_Tersus_gb.vsd
Show data Clear data Print file 20.09.2007
You can reach the functions for this in the SERVICE menu via the 58:FILES
Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


© Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

1. Routine configuration
The ZEUS program is configured in menu item '584:Configuration'.
584:Configuration
Vehicle prompt Vehicle no.
Check vehicle no No
Keep first weighing entries Yes
Text prompt Material
The following is set:

• 'Vehicle prompt': This text (prompt) queries the vehicle numbers in


operation.
Default: 'Vehicle no.'.
NOTE: This query is rendered invalid if the text is deleted.

• 'Check vehicle no': If you select 'Yes', the input is interpreted as the wagon
number and the check digit is checked. The presetting is 'No'.

• 'Keep first weighing entries': When you activate this option, the first
weighing is not cleared after the second weighing. This means that you can
carry out several second weighings against the first weighing.

• 'Text prompt': This text (prompt) queries the material number in operation.
Default: 'Material'.
NOTE: This query is rendered invalid if the text is deleted.

2. Sort administration
The inputs in the sort function have to be set up if the Sort Administration function is
used.
You can use menu 583:MATERIALS FILE --> menu item 5834:Create data to make
the following inputs per sort, such as
5834:Create data
Number 1
Possible values: numbers 1-25 as material number.

5834:Create data
Text Sand
Potential input: any string as a sort designation.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 193 -
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

6.5.3 Function Keys


With the ZEUS road/rail weigh bridge configuration, function keys are assigned as
follows (display assignment by operating [SHIFT] + [OK] or by 'Home Position Output'
--> 'Fctkey-Help' ):
F7
F1 key: 'First weighing'

F8
F2 key: 'Second weighing'

F9
F3 key: 'Single weighing'
(= weighing with well-known empty weight)

F10
F4 key: 'Fix tare weighing'
(= weighing with fixed tare weight)

F11 'Switch Exit Signal to GREEN without weighing'


F5 key: 'Switch exit Signal to green'

F12
F6 key: 'Switch scale'

F11
'Repeat Printing of Weighing Report'
F11 key: 'Repeat last printout'

F12 F12 key: 'External weighing'


Record weight without vehicle empty weight. Used, e.g. to check
vehicle for overload.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 194 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

6.5.4 Inputs and Outputs

Inputs:

Signal Phys. Function:

EDP-In1 n/a Exit signal GREEN light (w/o weighing)


'Weighing ready' via EDP message

n/a In 1 Inductive loop LEFT

n/a In 2 Inductive loop RIGHT

n/a In 3 Position sensor LEFT

n/a In 4 Position sensor RIGHT

Outputs:

Signal Phys. Function:

PLS-DOut-1 Out 1 Exit signal RED light

PLS-DOut-2 Out 2 Exit signal GREEN light

PLS-DOut-3 Out 3 Entrance signal LEFT, RED light

PLS-DOut-4 Out 4 Entrance signal LEFT, GREEN light

PLS-DOut-5 Out 5 Ready to operate

PLS-DOut-6 Out 6 Entrance signal RIGHT, RED light

PLS-DOut-7 Out 7 Entrance signal RIGHT, GREEN light

PLS-DOut-8 Out 8 Barrier LEFT

PLS-DOut-9 Out 9 Barrier RIGHT

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 195 -
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

6.5.5 Standard Operating Sequence


This item describes a typical ZEUS Road Weighbridge operating sequence.
The operating sequence is dependant upon the settings in menu item
"584:FILES | Configuration'). Here you can enter what legend texts (prompts)
should appear in the input fields (Parameter 'Vehicle prompt' and 'Text
prompt'). Leaving a parameter of this kind empty will cause the corresponding
operating sequence step to be skipped. An entry of this kind is marked here
with {$}.

6.5.5.1 First weighing / Second weighing


Follow these steps:

• Put weigh slip into printer.


• Identify vehicle.
• Release weighing operation.
• Print weigh data.

Repeat on incoming and outgoing vehicle.

6.5.5.1.1 First weighing

F7

Perform first weighing.

a. Identify Vehicle {$}


System prompts for input of vehicle number (max. 15 digits; e.g. licence plate
number), e.g.
First weighing
Vehicle no DA-RC 60
Alternatively, you can enter a wagon number, e.g.
First weighing
Waggon 518195-80447-1

Acknowledge input.

b. Identify Load (material number and type) {$}


System prompts for input of material number. The material number can be used to
output cumulative total (weighing result of stored materials, numbers 1 to 25, is
summated) and printed on weigh slip.
e.g.
First weighing
Material 0

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 196 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

You can feed into:


1 ... 25 Material names are assigned to numbers 1 to 25 (see '583:FILES |
MATERIALS FILE').
For details, please see 'Further functions'.
Message 'Material does not exist' will register if no dataset as been entered
under the number specified and the first weighing will be aborted.
0 No material input (default)
-1 Materials not stored can be designated direct by input of material number '-1'.
(*).

Acknowledge suggested value ('0') or overwrite.

(*) After input of -1, system prompts for input of material name to be printed on
weigh slip (max. 12 digits), e.g.
First weighing
Text SAND

Acknowledge the direct input of material name.

Acknowledge material input.

Keep in mind memory no. of the vehicle. If not, you have to enter complete
vehicle number again at the time of second weighing.

The following is displayed:


DA-RC 60 SAND
Memory no. 17 Weigh
ZEUS can assign up to 99 memory numbers, i.e. maximum 99 vehicles with first and
second weights can be stored.

Note: Once a material number (1 ... 25) or a custom designation (-1) has been
entered, the corresponding material designation will be shown in the display.

c. Release Weighing Operation


System prompts for release or abort of weighing operation.

First weighing
Memory no. 17 Weigh oder Abort

Select using arrow keys and acknowledge with .

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 197 -
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

After
Weigh ZEUS starts printing (remember to put new weigh slip into printer), returns to
home position and is ready to start next weighing operation.
Abort all data entered are delected. ZEUS returns to home position and is ready to
start next weighing operation.

6.5.5.1.2 Second weighing


Vehicle has been loaded, or unloaded. To complete weight acquisition, follow these
steps:
F8

Perform second weighing.


System prompts for input of memory number assigned to vehicle at the time of first
weighing.
Second weighing
Memory no. 0
a. You remember the number:
Overwrite by memory number, e.g.
Second weighing
Memory no. 24

Acknowledge
Display shows relevant vehicle number, for you to check.
Second weighing
Vehicle no DA-RC 60

Correct, if need be, and acknowledge.

b. You do not remember the memory number:

Acknowledge default value (memory no. 0)


System prompts for anew input of vehicle number (max. 15 digits).
Second weighing
Vehicle no DA-RC 60

Acknowledge input.
ZEUS reports "Ready".
DA-RC 60 SAND
Continue Weigh or Abort

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 198 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

But note:

• If no first weighing has been performed yet, ZEUS returns to home position.
• If material number has not been entered upon first weighing, you can do it
now (see First Weighing, Identify Load).

Insert weigh slip into printer and press key to acknowledge. First/second
weighing operation is complete.
The data record from first weighing stays as long as possible even after second
weighing. This makes it possible to repeat second weighing (for instance, if it was
overloaded). The data record is deleted if the vehicle comes for first weighing again or
if the first weighing file is full.

6.5.5.2 Single weighing


(= weighing with well-known empty weight)
Follow these steps:

• Insert new weigh slip into printer.


• Identify vehicle.
• Preset empty weight.
• Release weighing operation.
• Print weigh data.

If vehicle is unloaded, perform single weighing on incoming vehicle; if not, on outgoing


vehicle.
F9

Perform single weighing.

a. Identify Vehicle
System prompts for input of vehicle number (max. 15 digits; e.g. licence plate
number), e.g.
Single weighing
Vehicle no DA-RC 60

Acknowledge

b. Identify Load (material number and type)


Procedure: Like first weighing.

Acknowledge material input.


System prompts for input of vehicle empty weight; overwrite suggested value:
Single weighing
Weight 0,0kg

Acknowledge input.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 199 -
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

c. Release Weighing Operation


System prompts for release or abort of weighing operation.
DA-RC 60 SAND
Continue Weigh or Abort

Select using arrow keys and acknowledge with .


After
Weigh ZEUS starts printing (remember to put new weigh slip into printer), returns to
home position and is ready to start next weighing operation.
Abort all data entered are delected. ZEUS returns to home position and is ready to
start next weighing operation.

6.5.5.3 Weighing Using Fixed Tare Weight


Procedure is similar to that of First weighing/Second weighing. First weighing is
replaced by initial acquisition of vehicle empty weight.
Follow these steps:
F10

You see menu item '5824:FIXED TARE FILE | Create data'

System prompts for input of vehicle number (max. 15 digits; e.g. licence plate
number), e.g.
5824:Create data
Vehicle no DA-RC 60

Acknowledge input.
ZEUS is ready to acquire empty weight. Display reads (known from
First/Second/Single Weighing):
5824:Create data
Continue Weigh or Abort

Select using arrow keys and acknowledge with .


After
Abort all data entered are delected. ZEUS returns to home position and is ready to
start next weighing operation.
Weigh ZEUS stores empty weight in a free memory and assigns a memory number
between 100 and 124. Assigned memory number is displayed for two
seconds, e.g.
5824:Create data
Memory no. 24

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 200 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

Empty weight acquisition is complete.

Once empty weight has been stored in fixed tare memory:


Perform second weighing after loading / before unloading. ZEUS assigns empty
weight memory numbers from 100 to 124 to known vehicles.
System prompts for input of material number in any case.

6.5.5.4 External weighing


Record weight without vehicle empty weight. Used, e.g. to check vehicle for overload.
F12

+ Perform External Weighing

Feed into:
String input
Customer
and

Acknowledge.

6.5.6 Further Functions


Files
The data acquired by ZEUS are internally stored fail-safe in files.

• The First Weighings File contains the data of all vehicles in plant (maximum
99) expected for second weighing.

• The Fixed Tare File contains the data of all vehicles (maximum 25) of your
car pool or of regular customers.

• The Materials File contains all materials to be accumulated. This function


facilitates material indication in case of weighings where the 25 possible
inputs in materials file can be called up via material number.

Your commissioning engineer will explain to you how to access and edit these files, if
you desire so.
You can select:

• Show data
• Clear data
• Print file

In Fixed Tare file you can additionally

• Create data

as described at Weighing Using Fixed Tare Weight item.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 201 -
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

In materials file, you can additionally

• Print files (= print totals)


• Create data, i.e. assign numbers 1...25 to material name, and
• Clear mat. totals, i.e. process cumulative totals.

For data processing functions, see menu item 58:SERVICE | FILES'. No password is
required.

6.5.7 Hints, Possible Events

• Set printer to on-line. If not, certain outputs are buffered and printed only if
printer is reset to on-line. However, there is the danger of weigh data getting
lost.

• Vehicle exists message


The vehicle with the indicated vehicle number is in plant and has been first-
weighed. Perform second weighing or delete input in First Weighings File.

• Value > MAX message


You have entered a vehicle number outside range 1...99 or, with vehicle
stored in Fixed Tare File, out of range 100...124.

• M0710:Out of zeroing range message


Scale can be zeroed only if totally unloaded, i.e. if display does not show more
than +3%, or not less than -1% of rated capacity range.

6.5.8 Clearing/Handling Error Messages


Some error messages are designed to warn you by periodic overwrite of display field
that a response is absolutely required. Before you acknowledge a message of this
kind, remove cause of fault. Then you can acknowledge event by operating the

'Acknowledge Event' keys .

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 202 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

6.5.9 Print Pattern Codes

Code Description
EW Weight from first weighing
EU Time of first weighing
ED Date of first weighing
ZW Weight from second weighing
ZU Time of second weighing
ZD Date of second weighing
KF Vehicle number
SN Material number
SO Material name
WN First weighing memory number
WE Weight difference, weighing result (first weighing minus second w

For standard format codes see Operating Manual (BV-H2335) chapter 'Fct.
46:PRINT FORM', item 'Fct. 462:Form formats'.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 203 -
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

6.5.10 Signal Control


The standard DISOMAT Tersus-ZEUS is capable of controlling a signal system
consisting of entrance and exit signals with red and green lights.

DISOMAT outputs can control 230 V lights directly. Cables of 1.5 mm2 cross-
section per core can be connected directly.

F11 Note:
If a vehicle drives on scale inadvertently, exit can be released with key and no
weighing takes place.

Traffic light control not only allows a vehicle to automatically travel on both sides of a
truck scale, but also position control for the vehicle on the scale by flashing signals
from the traffic lights.

How traffic light control functions


This operates on the assumption that the approach request and the sensor inputs are
connected with induction loops. The approach request loops are in front of the ramp
traffic light and the sensor loops are between the traffic light and the scale. This
arrangement is symmetric on the left- and right-hand side of the scale if the vehicle
can travel on both sides.

Function block inputs: Function block outputs:


Approach request LEFT Ramp LEFT red
Approach request RIGHT Ramp LEFT green
Position sensor LEFT Ramp RIGHT red
Position sensor RIGHT Ramp RIGHT green
Release exit Exit red
Manual control (only for service) Exit green
Barrier LEFT
Barrier RIGHT

All traffic lights are RED in the basic position. It recognises from one of the approach
request inputs that a vehicle requests approaching the scale. The scale is zero set. If
this function does not work, the ramp traffic light flashes RED. It repeats zero setting
every 5 seconds until the function works or the vehicle no longer covers the induction
loop.

The ramp traffic light shows GREEN statically, the ramp barrier opens and the
maximum ramp time starts running. When the scale is loaded by vehicle approach, the
ramp traffic light shows RED statically and the ramp barrier gets a signal to close.

When position control is activated, the exit traffic light flashes GREEN as long as the
ramp sensor is covered. When the ramp sensor is free again, the exit traffic light
shows RED statically. If the vehicle drives far enough onto the scale that the exit
sensor is covered, the exit traffic light flashes RED. The vehicle then has to be set
back. Now the vehicle can be weighed.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 204 - © Schenck Process Group
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

Weighing is done as usual, the exit traffic light is set to GREEN and the exit barrier is
opened with Release Exit. The exit traffic light shows RED statically and the exit
barrier is given the signal to close after the idle time after it drops below the empty
threshold.

This routine is in the basic position again after 3 sec and the next approach can be
started.

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 205 -
Function Variants Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

6.5.11 Function Block Diagram


The function block diagram below gives an overview of the entire scale
functionality. For function block details, please see manual Function Blocks (BV-
H2317).

'Road Weighbridge' Function Block Diagram

You can get the best view by zooming in on the PDF image in the manual on
the screen or with the DISOPLAN program.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 206 - © Schenck Process Group
Event Messages Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option)

7 Event Messages
The DISOMAT upper line (message field) displays hints on operating sequence, or
scale information, e.g.

Designed to inform you about important events, these hints require a certain reaction.
Simple cases are designed for information only, severe cases, e.g. critical faults in
operation, require to be remedied and acknowledged.

For you to be able to classify these hints, every event message is assigned to an
event class identified by a code letter.
Hints of the following event classes are displayed:

Event Class Code Significance Required Reaction


Message M Informative Note
Warning W Uncritical Acknowledge *)
Alarm A Critical Acknowledge *)
Fault (Severe error) S Very critical Acknowledge after password input *)

*) Never acknowledge event message before cause of fault has been


identified!

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 207 -
Event Messages What If...?

7.1 What If...?


DISOMAT recognizes faults in operation and reports them in form of an event
message. If you come across such an event message, please read the explanations
given in the chapter 'Event Messages'.

Never acknowledge event message before having remedied fault.

Certain obvious faults may be due to maloperation or mechanical scale faults.


If a fault occurs, follow these steps:

1. Check to see if you have followed the operating sequence.


2. Check for the presence of a mechanical fault. Check for unstable scale
performance, shunt forces, jammed gates / valves, etc.
3. If an event message is output, read troubleshooting table.
4. Check to see that all parameters (e.g. setpoint) are appropriate.

Event Messages On Large-Size Display


Event information is output on large-size display in form of a flashing number code
(event number), e.g.
,0704
0704 = Event number without indication of error code
, = Attention Error

In our example, the event number is 0704; in Chapter 7, you find '0704:Out of Zeroing
Range' complete with hints on remedy of fault.
First remedy fault, then acknowledge event message on pendant.

7.2 Event Message Construction


Event messages are constructed as follows:
KNNTT[-ID]:Text
K = Class (1 digit)
NN = Event number (2 digits)
TT = Task number (2 digits)
-ID = Optional ID number
:Text = Event text

The first letter (K) is the code letter of the event class currently assigned to the event.
The next 2-digit number (NN) is the unambiguous code of the reported event
(=consecutive number of all event texts). Next, the 2-digit number (TT) of the task
having started the event is output. Optionally, an ID number (ID) can be output
designed to specify the cause of the reported event. After the double point, the event
is output in text form.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 208 - © Schenck Process Group
Event Messages List of Event Messages

Defined Event Classes


Event Code Meaning
Class
No Event Event is NOT displayed but added to external event list for
evaluation purposes.
Message M For Information
Event serves for operator information; message effaces
automatically after approx. 30 seconds. If you don't want to wait for
automatic effacing, acknowledge without password. DISOMAT
continues operating regularly.
Warning W Warns the operator of uncritical situations. Note warning and
acknowledge (no password input). DISOMAT continues operating
regularly.
Alarm A Simple Fault
Warns the operator of critical situations. DISOMAT input/output
contacts stop being processed, and output contacts go to safe
state.*)

Observe alarm message and remedy cause of simple fault, if any;


acknowledge message (no password input). Inputs/outputs continue
being processed.
*)
As long as alarm is present, all fault-relevant binary function block
outputs (primarily function blocks of function block groups
CONTROL and COMPARATORS) are set to logical 0.
Fault S Severe Fault
Warns the operator of very critical situations, e.g. hardware faults. As
is with Alarm messages, inputs/outputs are not being processed, and
outputs go to safe state *) Remedy cause of fault to ensure that
system continues operating regularly. Then acknowledge fault
message after input of parameter or configuration password.
*)
As long as fault is present, all fault-relevant binary function block
outputs (primarily function blocks of function block groups
CONTROL and COMPARATORS) are set to logical 0.

Using event number, optional ID and event text, look out for fault finding hints and
remedy given in the Troubleshooting List below.

7.3 List of Event Messages

• Event messages concerning the DISOMAT "Mirror" (second control


unit) have a task number incremented by 30,
e.g. M0239: Powerfail in place of M0209:Powerfail.

• Event messages concerning first DISOBOX have a task number


incremented by 60,
e.g. M0269: Powerfail

• Event messages concerning second DISOBOX have a task


number incremented by 90,
e.g. M0299: Powerfail

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 209 -
Event Messages List of Event Messages

If a task number >= 100 results, its first two digits are output as
hexadecimal characters.
100 -> a0
113 -> b3
108 -> a8 etc.

Sample

Display Text Edit Cause Remedy


*)
W0104:Timeout * With internal command processing

W0104-1:Timeout * ZEUS first weight acquisition

W0104-2:Timeout * ZEUS second weight acquistion

W0104-3:Timeout * ZEUS single weight acquisition

W0110:Timeout * With internal command processing

A0209:Powerfail *

A0309-nnn: Restart **) *

A0401:Parameter error DISONET

A0401-1:Parameter error DISONET slave list

A0401-2:Parameter error DISONET routing table

A0402-1:Parameter error DP configuration

A0404-1:Parameter error Function block parameters/linkages Re-acquire


parameters
A0404-2:Parameter error Analog output calibration Re-calibrate analog
output.
A0404-3:Parameter error Material data

A0404-4:Parameter error Maximum dW/dt

A0404-5:Parameter error Load collective memory

A0404-6:Parameter error SWA:Material data, part 2

A0404-7:Parameter error SWA:Material data, part 3

A0405-1:Parameter error Event Groups

A0405-2:Parameter error Print texts Re-acquire texts or


load default texts
A0405-3:Parameter error Print formats Re-acquire formats
or load default
formats
A0406-10:Parameter error Fixed tare data

A0406-11:Parameter error Materials files

A0406-12:Parameter error 1st Weighing file Clear with Reset all

A0406-13:Parameter error Sort balances Clear with Reset all

A0407:Parameter error Printer configuration

A0409:Parameter error Country-specific settings

A0409-1:Parameter error DISOPLAN

A0409-2:Parameter error IP configuration

A0409-3:Parameter error Bluetooth

A0409-4:Parameter error Outputs configuration

A0409-10(+n):Parameter error Serial interface 1 ... n

A0409-20(+n):Parameter error Network UDP Interface 1 .. n

A0410:Parameter error DT control

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 210 - © Schenck Process Group
Event Messages List of Event Messages

Display Text Edit Cause Remedy


*)
A0411-1:Parameter error Scales 1 calibration parameters

A0412-1:Parameter error Scales 2 calibration parameters

A0413-1:Parameter error Twin-unit calibration parameters

A0411-2:Parameter error Scale 1 scale parameters

A0412-2:Parameter error Scale 2 scale parameters

A0413-2:Parameter error Twin-unit scale parameters

A0411-4:Parameter error Calibration parameters part 2

A0411-5:Parameter error Balances

A0411-6:Parameter error Fixed tare

A0411-7:Parameter error Scales 1 operation mode

A0412-7:Parameter error Scales 2 operation mode

A0413-7:Parameter error Twin-unit special scales

A0411-8:Parameter error Scales 1 calibration times

A0412-8:Parameter error Scales 2 calibration times

A0413-8:Parameter error Twin-unit calibration times

A0411-9:Parameter error Scales 1 linearization

A0412-9:Parameter error Scales 2 linearization

A0411-10:Parameter error Scales 1 times

A0412-10:Parameter error Scales 2 times

A0413-10:Parameter error Twin-unit times

A0411-11:Parameter error Scales 1 assignment


dongle/measuring module
A0412-11:Parameter error Scales 2 assignment
dongle/measuring module
A0413-13:Parameter error MULTIRAIL:measuring modules list Re-acquire
for twin-unit calibration
parameters.
A0411-17:Parameter error DISOBOX channel parameters

A0414:Parameter error Legal-for trade memory

A0414-10:Parameter error Unknown/new legal-for-trade


memory
A0419:Parameter error I/O COMMUNICATION

A0419-1:Parameter error IO COMMUNICATION analog


output filter
A0420-1:Parameter error Modbus

A0420-2:Parameter error Profibus-DP

A0420-3:Parameter error Interbus

A0420-4:Parameter error DeviceNet

A0420-5:Parameter error Modbus/TCP

A0502-nnn:System error **) Internal error upon initialization of Check configuration.


interface task
A0503-1:System error DP task initialization No remedy. All
internal ressources
used.
A0504-2:System error First weights invalid

A0504-3:System error Neither second weights nor fixed


tare values found
A0504-4:System error No single weights found

A0504-100:System error Ambiguous text number in function


blocks

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 211 -
Event Messages List of Event Messages

Display Text Edit Cause Remedy


*)
A0504-101:System error Ambiguous text number in function
block outputs
A0505-1:System error Printer initialization Not enough network
channels No remedy.
A0505-nnn:System error **) Return value upon opening of Check interface
secondary display interface configuration.
A0507-nnn:System error **) Printer initialization internal error Check printer
configuration.
M0604:No No-Motion *

M0604-1:No No-Motion * Print function block Repeat.


M0604-2:No No-Motion * Upon taring (filling/discharge scale)
M0604-102:No No-Motion -> 2. feed operation
M0604-3:No No-Motion * Upon tolerance check
M0604-103:No No-Motion -> 2. feed operation
M0604-10:No No-Motion * SWA: EMPTY CHECK

M0606:No No-Motion *

M0606-1:No No-Motion * ZEUS fixed tare acquisition Repeat.


M0610:No No-Motion *

M0628:No No-Motion * scales function via browser Repeat.


M0704:Out of zeroing range *

M0710:Out of zeroing range *

M0728:Out of zeroing range * trying zeroing via browser Repeat.


M0804:Tare value too small *

M0806:Tare value too small *

S0909-1:Hardware error PROM (Flash) test Replace hardware

S0909-2:Hardware error RAM test Replace hardware

S0911-5:Hardware error DISOBOX/Ex-variant: store Replace hardware


persistent data in EEPROM
A1011:Mechanical error Scale 1 range calibration error Check system and
repeat.
A1012:Mechanical error Scale 2 range calibration error Check system and
repeat.
A1111:Cable broken Ex-variant: measuring module
reports cable breakage
A1111-1:Cable broken Scales 1 dongle missing Re-plug dongle.

A1112-1:Cable broken Scales 2 dongle missing Re-plug dongle.

A1111-2:Cable broken Scale 1 measuring module reports Replace broken


cable breakage. cable.
A1112-2:Cable broken Scale 2 measuring module reports Replace broken
cable breakage. cable.
W1211:Digit wrong Scale 1 increment value

W1212:Digit wrong Scale 2 increment value

W1213:Digit wrong Twin-unit increment value

M1511-1:Communication error Read error in communication with


Measuring Module 1
M1512-1:Communication error Read error in communication with
Measuring Module 2
M1511-2:Communication error Write error in communication with
Measuring Module 1
M1512-2:Communication error Write error in communication with
Measuring Module 2
M1511-3:Communication error Scale 1 measuring rate not Re-acquire
converted calibration
parameters Part 2

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 212 - © Schenck Process Group
Event Messages List of Event Messages

Display Text Edit Cause Remedy


*)
M1512-3:Communication error Scale 2 measuring rate not Re-acquire
converted calibration
parameters Part 2
M1511-4:Communication error Scale 1 switching filter time not Re-acquire Scale 1
converted parameters.
M1512-4:Communication error Scale 2 switching filter time not Re-acquire Scale 2
converted parameters.
M1511-5:Communication error Scale 1 display filter time not Re-acquire Scale 1
converted parameters.
M1512-5:Communication error Scale 2 display filter time not Re-acquire Scale 2
converted parameters.
M1511-6:Communication error Scale 1 default check number not Recall diagnosis.
determined
M1512-6:Communication error Scale 2 default check number not Recall diagnosis.
determined
M1511-7:Communication error Scale 1 sensitivity not determined Recall diagnosis.

M1512-7:Communication error Scale 2 sensitivity not determined Recall diagnosis.

M1511-9:Communication error Scale 1 filter data not active Re-acquire data.

M1512-9:Communication error Scale 2 filter data not active Re-acquire data.

M1520-1:Communication error Fieldbus: Unknown Write ID

M1520-2:Communication error Fieldbus: Unknown Read ID

M1520-3:Communication error Fieldbus: Writing denied on Enable Modbus/TCP


Modbus/TCP procedure
W1611:Write error Write operation into dongle or Check settings.
measuring module 1 incomplete
W1612:Write error Write operation into dongle or Check settings.
measuring module 2 incomplete
W1711-1:Write error Write operation into dongle 1 Re-plug dongle.
incomplete
W1712-1:Write error Write operation into dongle 2 Re-plug dongle.
incomplete
W1711-2:Write error Write operation into dongle 1 faulty Repeat last editing.

W1712-2:Write error Write operation into dongle 2 faulty Repeat last editing.

W1711-3:Write error Write operation into dongle 1 faulty Dongle code 1


cannot be written.
W1712-3:Write error Write operation into dongle 2 faulty Dongle code 2
cannot be written.
W1711-4:Write error Write operation into dongle 1 faulty Dongle 1: write
access incomplete
W1712-4:Write error Write operation into dongle 2 faulty Dongle 2: write
access incomplete
M1811:Balance or dumps over 95% *

A1911:Measurement voltage too high *

W2205-1:External l.f.t. memory * Timeout in communication Repeat.


W2205-nnn:External l.f.t. memory **) * Communication internal error Repeat.
number
A2305:Legal-for-trade memory FULL * No remedy. Wait for
time condition to be
reached.
S2405:VMM20450 NOT AVAILABLE Configuration faulty or legal-for-
trade memory defective
S2605:VMM20450 DAMAGED legal-for-trade memory defective substitute legal-for-
trade memory
S3002:No Response Internal communication error

S3007:No Response Internal communication error: print


protocol DP10
S3104:Wrong function parameters Comparator number

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 213 -
Event Messages List of Event Messages

Display Text Edit Cause Remedy


*)
M3204:Calibration Switch Check calibration
switch.
M3206:Calibration Switch Check calibration
switch.
M3206-1:Calibration Switch Scale 1 calibration switch not in Check calibration
WRITE position switch.
M3206-2:Calibration Switch Scale 2 calibration switch not in Check calibration
WRITE position switch.
M3210:Calibration Switch Check calibration
switch.
W3306:Unknown interface Unknown interface selected Upgrade hardware.

W3310:Unknown interface External control unit interface not Upgrade hardware.


available
M3406:Device already open Other task occupies selected Check interface
interface. assignments (DP,
PRINTER, ...)
M3420:Device already open DISOBOX: other task occupies Check interface
selected Modbus interface assignments (DP,
PRINTER, ...)
A3510:Baudrate wrong Baud rate for external control unit Select 9600 baud.
wrong
M3606:Twin-unit deactived Informs that twin-unit is not active

W4004:Filling stopped *
W4004-100:Filling stopped -> 2. feed operation
W4104:Feeding aborted *
W4104-100:Feeding aborted -> 2. feed operation
W4204-1:Setpoint * is lower than the set main contact Acquire new setpoint
W4204-101:Setpoint -> 2. feed operation
W4204-2:Setpoint * is greater than scale end value Acquire new setpoint
W4204-102:Setpoint -> 2. feed operation
W4204-3:Setpoint * on a discharge scale: no automatic manually top up
W4204-103:Setpoint -> 2. feed operation refilling is configured and weigh weigh hopper
hopper has not enough material
W4204-4:Setpoint * on a discharge scale: setpoint is adjust max and min
W4204-104:Setpoint -> 2. feed operation greater than the difference between hopper levels in
max an min hopper level material data
W4204-5:Setpoint * on a filling scale: 'setpoint + gross' empty scale or
W4204-105:Setpoint -> 2. feed operation is greater than scale end value reduce seitpoint
W4304:Fill value too low *

W4404:Excess feeding * Setpoint will cause overfill

W4404-1:Excess feeding * Setpoint greater than maximum fill


value
W4504:Out of tolerance * Out of POSITIVE tolerance

W4504-1:Out of tolerance * Refilling exceeds setpoint.

W4504-2:Out of tolerance * SWA: below MINUS tolerance,


refilling cut off
W4504-10:Out of tolerance * SWA: entered tolerance excessive

W4604-1:Weight invalid * INVALID upon printout Repeat.


W4604-2:Weight invalid * OVERFLOW upon printout Reduce weight and
repeat.
W4605:Weight invalid * Upon printout INITIALISATION or Await initialisation, or
INVALID check scale.
W4606:Weight invalid * ZEUS fixed tare weighing Repeat.
W4606-1:Weight invalid * ZEUS fixed tare weighing (Net < 0) Repeat.
A4804:Analog cable broken *

A4906:Analog cable broken Meaningless entry on check input; e.g. IP


parameterization address
A5004-10:Function block linkage Wrong input linkage. Recreate linkage.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 214 - © Schenck Process Group
Event Messages List of Event Messages

Display Text Edit Cause Remedy


*)
A5004-11:Function block linkage In fixed wiring

A5004-nnn:Function block linkage **) 1:Unknown function block


2:Wrong input number
3:Unknown output
A5104:Analog output wrong calibr.

M5204-1:Function not accessible * First weighing Dialog in menu tree.


Exit menu tree
M5204-2:Function not accessible * Second weighing Dialog in menu tree.
Exit menu tree
M5204-3:Function not accessible * Single Weighing Dialog in menu tree.
Exit menu tree
M5304-1:Weighing aborted * ZEUS first weighing: Weight cannot
be used.
M5304-2:Weighing aborted * ZEUS second weighing: Weight
cannot be used.
M5304-3:Weighing aborted * ZEUS single weighing: Weight
cannot be used.
W5404:Empty check Bin tare weight out of configured Empty bin
limits
W5504:Contact check Filling spout misses bung hole Reposition bin.

W5604:Scale not allowed SWA: selected scale not admitted


for feeding
W5604-1:Scale not allowed FILLING/DISCHARGE scale:
seleted scale not admitted
W6020:PLS doesn''t send External fieldbus master no longer
polling controller
A6519-n:ICP-Communication error With ICP module to address n Check external I/O
module.
W7002-1:EDP error * Internal status processing No remedy.
W7003-1:EDP error * Internal timer Repeat later.
W7003-2:EDP error * Establishing connection to interface Repeat later.
task
W7003-3:EDP error * Message sending error Repeat if possible.
W7003-5:EDP error * Order timeout elapsed Repeat if possible.
W7003-7:EDP error * Cyclic message transmission
timeout
W7003-8:EDP error * Cyclic transmission, no timer

W7003-nnn:EDP error **) * Internal error in sending response


message
M7501:DISONET error DISONET Slave: connection to
Master
M7501-N:DISONET error DISONET Master: connection to
Slave N
M7513-nnn:DISONET error **) * MULTIRAIL transmission error:
Slave twin-unit weight
A7801:DISONET error DISOBOX: DISONET Slave:
connection to Master
A7813-nnn:DISONET error **) * MULTIRAIL transmission error: zero
value to twin-unit slave
A8924-FFLLLLLEE:Runtime error in SMALL foreground process: file Edit calibration
FF, line LLLLL, error EE parameters or plug
appropriate dongles.
A8925-FFLLLLLEE:Runtime error in SMALL background process: file Edit calibration
FF, line LLLLL, error EE parameters or plug
appropriate dongles.
A9411-nnn: Parameter error **) Data cannot be stored in dongle Exchange dongle

A9511:Scale enumeration incomplete scale numbers are not ascending set channel
without gap parameters that
scale numbers are
ascending

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 215 -
Event Messages List of Event Messages

Display Text Edit Cause Remedy


*)
A9611-nnn:Parameter error **) Read Scale 1 calibration
parameters
A9612-nnn:Parameter error **) Read Scale 2 calibration
parameters
A9613-nnn:Parameter error **) Read Twin-unit calibration
parameters
A9614-4:Parameter error Read data record in SMALL

A9711-nnn:Parameter error **) Write Scale 1 calibration


parameters
A9712-nnn:Parameter error **) Write Scale 2 calibration
parameters
A9713-nnn:Parameter error **) Write twin-unit calibration
parameters
A9714-1:Parameter error Write data record in SMALL

A9714-4:Parameter error Write data record in SMALL

S9811:Parameter error Measuring module 1 improperly Exchange measuring


calibrated module.
S9812:Parameter error Measuring module 2 improperly Exchange measuring
calibrated module
W9911:Check S2 and twin-unit Scale 1, scale 2 and Twin-unit Check/set Scale 2
calibration parameters inconsistent and Twin-unit
calibration
parameters

*) These events allow the default event class to be changed


(see Item 'Fct.434:Event Classes')
**) Various identification numbers (IDs) not listed in this documentation can be
output. They are designed to assist the suppliers' service engineers in
troubleshooting.

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 216 - © Schenck Process Group
Index

5b:DIAGNOSIS 66
ABORT 12
accuracy class 121
Acknowledge Event 32
Acquire Tare 32
Activating Road Weighbridge (ZEUS) 188
Alarm 209
balance and dumps total limit 79
balance total 45
blocks of keys 11
Calibrating DISOBOX 138
calibration 110
Calling Function 22
Cargo Scale 178
character set 88
Characteristics 7
Checking Calibration 132
Clear Tare 32
Clearing/Handling Error Messages 202
Combination DISOBOX + DISOMAT Tersus 141
Combination DISOBOX + DISOVIEW E 140
Commissioning 188
Commissioning DISOMAT minimal configuration 53
Commissioning DISOMAT with DISOBOX 63
Commissioning VOP as mirror 57
Computational Range Calibration 130
Configuring Road Weighbridge (ZEUS) 191
Connection via Ethernet 60
Connection via serial interface 57
Control Concept 19
Control Elements 7
Control using second DISOMAT 19
Corner adjustment 138
Crane Scale 169
Data Input/Output 25
decimal sign 88
Default Passwords 50
Deleting Character 28
dialog language 88
Discharge 146
Discharge Scale 157
DISOMAT Overview 7
Display 8
Display Tare 32
Editing Input Field 27
Entering characters via the input block 28
Essential Operating Steps 128
Event Message Construction 208
Event Messages 207
External Control Elements 17
External Control Station VOP 19
External Keyboard 17
External weighing 201
Fault 209
Fct. 1:Enter setpoint 37
Fct. 2:String input 37
Fct. 3:PRINT 38
Fct. 4:SETUP 39
Fct. 41:Password 50
Fct. 42:FUNCTION VARIANT 85
Fct. 421:Parameter 85
Fct. 422:Maximum dW/dt 86
Fct. 423:Load variant 86
Fct. 424:Edit 143
Fct. 43:PERIPHERALS 87
Fct. 431:National language support 88

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 217 -
Index

Fct. 432:Interfaces 88
Fct. 433:COMMUNICATION 91
Fct. 4331:Edp 91
Fct. 4332:DISONET 93
Fct. 43321:Disonet mode 93
Fct. 43322:Slavelist 94
Fct. 43323:Routing table 95
Fct. 4333:Printer 95
Fct. 4334:2nd display 97
Fct. 4335:Fieldbus 98
Fct. 4336:IO-EXTENSION 101
Fct. 43361:ICP-Module list 101
Fct. 43362:Address setup 101
Fct. 43363:ICP-Analog input filter 102
Fct. 4337:Card reader 102
Fct. 434:Event classes 103
Fct. 435:Calibrate analog in-/output 104
Fct. 436:Terminal 106
Fct. 437:IP Configuration 108
Fct. 438:Bluetooth 108
Fct. 439:Output configuration 109
Fct. 44:SCALE 112
Fct. 441:Calibration parameters 114
Fct. 442:Special scales 121
Fct. 443:Configure l.f.t. memory 132
Fct. 444:Scale parameters 125
Fct. 445:CALIBRATION 128
Fct. 4451:Deadweight 128
Fct. 4452:Linearization 131
Fct. 4453:Range 129
Fct. 4454:Set current range 130
Fct. 4455:Corner adjustment 130
Fct. 4456:Resolution x 10 39
Fct. 446:Select scale 113
Fct. 447:DISOBOX 135
Fct. 4471:Configuration 135
Fct. 4472:Channel 136
Fct. 4473:Switching filter 137
Fct. 4474:Address setup 137
Fct. 448:Meas. input configuration 142
Fct. 449:Band rejection 142
Fct. 45:Change password 51
Fct. 46:PRINT FORM 68
Fct. 461:Form texts 68
Fct. 462:Form formats 69
Fct. 463:Page header format 73
Fct. 464:String names 73
Fct. 465:EDP-format 74
Fct. 466:L.f.T. format 75
Fct. 467:Consecutive number 76
Fct. 468:Load default form 76
Fct. 469:Load default text 78
Fct. 47:MATERIALS 79
Fct. 471:Max. Balance/Dumps 79
Fct. 472:Clear balance 79
Fct. 473:Material data 80
Fct. 48:Fixed tare input 81
Fct. 5:SERVICE 40
Fct. 51:Date/Time 40
Fct. 52:Display version 41
Fct. 53:Display mode 42
Fct. 54:Search in legal-for-trade memory 43
Fct. 55:Select home position 44
Fct. 57:Select scale 45
Fct. 58:FILES 45
Fct. 59:Set higher range 45
Fct. 5b:DIAGNOSIS 81

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 218 - © Schenck Process Group
Index

Fct. 5c:Reset All(Restart) 143


Fct. 5d:Activate Disoplan interface 81
Fct. 5e:Option Management 82
Fct. 6:Display balance 45
Fct. 7:Display gross 47
Fct. 8:Select fixed tare 47
Fct. 9:Manual tare 48
Fill parameters 146, 158
Filling 145, 157
Filling Scale 145
First weighing 196
First weighing / Second weighing 196
For Quick Orientation 1
form formats 69
Function Block Diagram 151, 163, 174, 183, 206
Function Keys 33, 147, 160, 170, 179, 194
function variants 7
Function Variants 145
Functionality in Home Position 31
Functionality in Menu Tree 36
Further Functions 201
General Control 21
General Functioning 145, 157, 169, 178, 188
General Information 7
Help 15
Hints, Possible Events 202
Home Position 19
Home Position Output 34
How to ... 53
How To Use Manual 2
ICP Modules 101
Information for Users of Certified Scales 5
Input Block 12
Inputs and Outputs 148, 161, 172, 180, 195
Inserting Characters 27
key 12
key combination 12
Key Functions 13, 16
keyboard 11
Keyboard 11
L.f.T. memory 132
Legal-For-Trade Identification, Sealing Locations and Type 134
Licensing Road Weighbridge (ZEUS) 188
List of Event Messages 209
Local printer 96
materials counters 45
Maximum Number Bulk Fillings 56
Maximum Total 56
Menu Tree 19, 21
Menu Tree Quick Selection 24
Message 209
multi-divisional scale 123
Multi-divisional scale 121
multi-range scale 123
Multi-range scale 121
Normal Mode 31
Operating Activities 150, 162, 182
Operating Input/Output Dialogs 25
operating mode 11
Operating Principle 21
Operating Sequence 114, 125
Parameter 'Adjustment Factor' 119
Parameter 'Channel' 136
Parameter 'Class' 121
Parameter 'Count of DISOBOXES' 135
Parameter 'Deadweight' 120
Parameter 'Digit [act. dim.]' 116

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 219 -
Index

Parameter 'Digit [act. dim.]' (medium range) 124


Parameter 'Digit [act. dim.]' (small range) 124
Parameter 'Display filter' 126
Parameter 'dW/dt filter [s]' 128
Parameter 'Function' 136
Parameter 'g-deviation [per thousand]' 121
Parameter 'L.f.T.' 120
Parameter 'L.f.T. memory' 133
Parameter 'L/C-C [mV/V]' 119
Parameter 'Maximum value [act. dim.]' 116
Parameter 'Mechanical factor' 117
Parameter 'Medium Range [act. dim.]' (maximum value) 124
Parameter 'Min. no. days' 133
Parameter 'Net position' 137
Parameter 'No-motion time' 126
Parameter 'Number of L/Cs' 119
Parameter 'Overrange' 117
Parameter 'Rated capacity' 119
Parameter 'Scale identific.' 120
Parameter 'Serial no.' 137
Parameter 'Set to 0' 127
Parameter 'Setting difference' 116
Parameter 'Small Range [act. dim.]' (maximum value) 123
Parameter 'Switch delay' 127
Parameter 'Switching filter' 125, 137
Parameter 'Twin-unit active' 120
Parameter 'Type' 123
Parameter 'Unit' 115
Parameter 'User def. min.load [act. dim.]' 121
Parameter 'Zeroing range' 117
Parameterizing Road Weighbridge (ZEUS) 189
Parametrisation 153, 165, 176, 185
Password Quick Input 51
Preamble 1
Print Pattern Codes 203
Printers 96
Protocol 92
Refilling 158
Rem. printer 96
Road Weighbridge ZEUS (Option) 188
Safety Instructions 3
Safety Through Password Protection 49
Scale no. 92
scroll field 26
scroll mode 28
Second weighing 198
Self-Test 33
Setting Contrast 30
Setting Mode 49
Setting Range With Multi-Range Scale 130
Setting Using Calibration Password 110
Setting Using Configuration Password 83
Setting Using Parameter Password 66
Signal Control 204
Single weighing 199
Stamping DISOBOX 139
Standard Operating Sequence 148, 161, 173, 181, 196
transmission parameter 89
twin-unit scale 10
User defined minimum load 121
Warning 209
Weighing Using Fixed Tare Weight 200
Weight display 43
Weight Display 8
Weight Field 9
What If...? 208
Zero Scale 31

BV-H2335 GB 1228 DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual


- 220 - © Schenck Process Group
Index

DISOMAT® Tersus – Operating Manual 1228 BV-H2335 GB


© Schenck Process Group - 221 -

You might also like